UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
☒
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019
OR
☐
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from ________________ to ________________.
Commission File Number: 001-37939
MARKER THERAPEUTICS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation)
3200 Southwest Freeway, Suite 2240
Houston, Texas
(Address of principal executive offices)
(713) 400-6400
(Telephone Number)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share
Trading Symbol(s)
MRKR
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
45-4497941
(IRS Employer Identification No.)
77027
(Zip code)
Name of each exchange on which registered
The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 of Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).
Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company, or an
emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
☐
☐
Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
Emerging growth company
☒
☒
☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new
or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 28, 2019 (the last day of the
registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter) based on the closing sale price of $7.92 as reported on the Nasdaq Capital Market as of that date
was approximately $198,900,000.
The registrant had 46,532,522 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 9, 2020.
Documents Incorporated By Reference
Portions of the registrant’s proxy statement relating to registrant’s 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”) to be filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the close of the registrant’s fiscal year, are incorporated by
reference in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Except with respect to information specifically incorporated by reference in this Annual Report
on Form 10-K, the Proxy Statement is not deemed to be filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Part I
Item 1.
Item 1a.
Item 1b.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
Part II
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7a.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9a.
Item 9b.
Part III
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
Part IV
Item 15.
Item 16.
FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosure
Market For Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters And Issuer Purchases Of Equity Securities
Selected Financial Data
Management’s Discussion And Analysis Of Financial Condition And Results Of Operations
Quantitative And Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial Statements
Changes In And Disagreements With Accountants On Accounting And Financial Disclosure
Controls And Procedures
Other Information
Directors, Executive Officers And Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership Of Certain Beneficial Owners And Management And Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships And Related Transactions, And Director Independence
Principal Accounting Fees And Services
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
Form 10-K Summary
i
ii
1
33
69
69
69
69
70
70
71
78
78
78
79
80
81
81
81
81
81
82
85
FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
This annual report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 that involve substantial
risks and uncertainties. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in Part I, Item 1: "Business," Part I, Item 1A: "Risk Factors," and Part 2,
Item 7: "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," but are also contained elsewhere in this annual report.
Any statements contained herein that are not statements of historical fact may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify
forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may”, “will”, “should”, “expect”, “plan”, “intend”, “anticipate”, “believe”, “estimate”, “predict”,
“potential” or “continue”, the negative of such terms or other comparable terminology. These statements speak only as of the date of this Annual Report
and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be
materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. We have based these
forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our
business, financial condition and results of operations. Forward-looking statements in this annual report include statements as to:
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
the timing, progress and results of clinical trials of MultiTAA-specific T cell therapies and our other product candidates, including statements
regarding the timing of initiation and completion of preclinical studies or clinical trials or related preparatory work, the period during which the
results of the trials will become available and our research and development programs;
the timing of any submission of filings for regulatory approval of product candidates and our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approvals
for product candidates for any indication;
our ability to successfully commercialize product candidates;
our expectations regarding the potential benefits, activity, effectiveness and safety of product candidates;
our expectations regarding the size of the patient populations, market acceptance and opportunity for and clinical utility of product candidates, if
approved for commercial use;
our manufacturing capabilities and strategy, including the ease, scalability and commercial viability of our manufacturing methods and processes;
our expectations regarding the scope of any approved indications for product candidates;
the potential benefits of and our ability to maintain our relationships and collaborations with the Baylor College of Medicine and other potential
collaboration or strategic relationships;
our ability to use the MultiTAA-specific T cell platform to develop future product candidates;
our estimates of our expenses, ongoing losses, future revenue, capital requirements and our needs for or ability to obtain additional funding;
our ability to identify, recruit and retain key personnel;
our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property position for our product candidates, and the scope of such protection;
our financial performance;
our competitive position and the development of and projections relating to our competitors or our industry; and
the impact of laws and regulations.
ii
You should refer to "Item 1A. Risk Factors" in this annual report for a discussion of important factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially
from those expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. As a result of these factors, we cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements
in this annual report will prove to be accurate. Furthermore, if our forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. In
light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or
any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any specified time frame, or at all. The forward-looking statements in this annual report
represent our views as of the date of this annual report. We anticipate that subsequent events and developments may cause our views to change. However,
while we may elect to update these forward-looking statements at some point in the future, we undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-
looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. You should, therefore, not rely on these
forward-looking statements as representing our views as of any date subsequent to the date of this annual report.
You should read this annual report and the documents that we reference in this annual report and have filed as exhibits to this annual report completely and
with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by
these cautionary statements.
In this report all references to (i) “Marker” “we,” “us,” “our” or the “Company” mean Marker Therapeutics, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Marker
Cell Therapy, Inc. and GeneMax Pharmaceuticals, Inc., which wholly owns GeneMax Pharmaceuticals Canada Inc., unless the context otherwise requires;
(ii) “SEC” refers to the Securities and Exchange Commission; (iii) “Securities Act” refers to the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended; (iv)
“Exchange Act” refers to the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and (v) all dollar amounts refer to United States dollars unless
otherwise indicated.
iii
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Overview
PART I
We are a clinical-stage immuno-oncology company specializing in the development and commercialization of novel T cell-based immunotherapies and
innovative peptide-based vaccines for the treatment of hematological malignancies and solid tumor indications. We developed our lead product candidates
from our MultiTAA-specific T cell technology, which is based on the selective expansion of non-engineered, tumor-specific T cells that recognize tumor
associated antigens, or TAAs, which are tumor targets, and then kill tumor cells expressing those targets. These T cells are designed to recognize multiple
tumor targets to produce broad spectrum anti-tumor activity. We are advancing two pipelines of product candidates as part of our MultiTAA-specific T cell
program: the autologous T cells for the treatment of lymphoma, multiple myeloma, or MM, and selected solid tumors and the allogeneic T cells for the
treatment of acute myeloid leukemia, or AML, and acute lymphoblastic leukemia, or ALL. Because we do not genetically engineer the MultiTAA-specific
T cell therapies, we believe that our product candidates are easier and less expensive to manufacture, with reduced toxicities, than current engineered
chimeric antigen receptor, or CAR-T, and T cell receptor-based therapies and may provide patients with meaningful clinical benefit. We are also developing
innovative peptide-based immunotherapeutic vaccines for the treatment of metastatic solid tumors.
We are pursuing post-transplant AML as the lead indication for our first company-sponsored MultiTAA-specific T cell program. The MultiTAA-specific T
cell therapy has been well tolerated in an ongoing Phase 1/2 clinical trial conducted by our strategic partner Baylor College of Medicine, or BCM. As
reported in March 2019, eleven of the thirteen patients in the adjuvant disease setting dosed with the MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy after receiving an
allogeneic stem cell transplant survived, ranging from 6 weeks to 2.5 years post-infusion, with nine of these remaining patients in continuing complete
remission, or CCR. Survival of the six patients with active disease ranged from 4 to 21 months, as compared to a historical survival rate of approximately
4.5 months for patients who receive the standard of care post-transplant.
We submitted an investigational new drug, or IND, application to the United States Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA to initiate a Phase 2 clinical
trial of MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy, which we refer to as MT-401, in post-allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell transplant patients with AML in both the
adjuvant and active disease setting, which may become pivotal pending the results of the interim analysis. The dose administered in this multicenter trial is
the current maximum tolerated dose from the ongoing Phase 1/2 trial. In the adjuvant setting, patients will be randomized to either MultiTAA-specific T
cell therapy at approximately 90 days post-transplant versus standard of care observation, while the active disease patients will receive MT-401 following
relapse post-transplant as part of a single-arm group. In February 2020, we announced that the FDA has permitted us to initiate our Phase 2 clinical trial
beginning with a safety lead-in portion of the trial.
We recently reported interim data for an ongoing Phase 1/2 clinical trial of the MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy for the treatment of pancreatic
adenocarcinoma being conducted by BCM. In this trial, we have observed a clinical benefit correlated with the post-infusion detection of tumor-reactive T
cells in patient peripheral blood and within tumor biopsy samples in patients in the tumor-resection arm of the trial. These T cells exhibited activity against
both targeted antigens and non-targeted TAAs, indicating induction of antigen spreading. To date, we have not observed any cytokine release syndrome or
neurotoxicity in this trial.
We are also evaluating the MultiTAA-specific T cell therapies in a Phase 2 clinical trial for the treatment of breast cancer and in Phase 1 clinical trials for
the treatment of ALL, lymphoma, MM and sarcoma, all of which are being conducted by BCM. As of December 2019, the MultiTAA-specific T cell
therapies have been generally well tolerated by all of the patients enrolled in clinical trials in hematological and solid tumor indications with no incidents of
cytokine release syndrome or neurotoxicity, which are frequently associated with CD19 CAR-T therapies. Based on our observations in clinical trials in
AML, pancreatic cancer, lymphoma, ALL and MM, we believe that the MultiTAA-specific T cell therapies have the potential to mediate a meaningful anti-
tumor effect, as well as significant in vivo expansion of T cells. We may initiate additional Phase 2 clinical trials investigating other indications in 2020 in
addition to our planned Phase 2 trial in post-transplant AML patients.
1
We believe that our therapies present promising innovations in immuno-oncology. We developed the MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy in collaboration
with the Cell and Gene Therapy Center at BCM, which was founded by Dr. Malcolm K. Brenner, M.D., Ph.D., a recognized pioneer in immuno-oncology.
BCM remains an important strategic partner and conducts early-stage clinical trials of the MultiTAA-specific T cell therapies pursuant to a sponsored
research agreement. Our cell therapy founders include Drs. Brenner, Ann Leen, Ph.D., Juan Vera, M.D., Helen Heslop, M.D., DSc (Hon) and Cliona
Rooney, Ph.D., who all have significant experience in this field. Drs. Brenner, Heslop, Rooney, James P. Allison and Padmanee Sharma serve on our
Scientific Advisory Board.
Pipeline
Our clinical-stage pipeline, including clinical trials being conducted by BCM and other partners, is set forth below.
Recent Developments
AML Clinical Program Update
In February 2020, we announced that the FDA lifted the clinical hold on the Phase 2 clinical trial investigating the safety and efficacy of MT-401 for the
treatment of patients with AML post-transplant permitting us to initiate the trial with the safety lead-in portion that is expected to enroll approximately six
patients. Three patients will be dosed with MT-401 manufactured using the legacy reagent used in the Phase 1 trial, and three patients will be dosed with
MT-401 manufactured using a reagent from an alternative supplier. We anticipate using this supplier for clinical and commercial supply of MT-401. The
FDA placed a partial clinical hold on the trial for the use of the MT-401 product manufactured using one of the reagents supplied by the alternative supplier
until the final data and certificate of analysis for the reagent are reviewed and accepted by the FDA. We currently estimate that the alternative supplier will
deliver the final reagent, along with the final data and certificate of analysis required by the FDA, by the end of the second quarter of 2020. During the
second half of 2020, we anticipate completing enrollment of the first three patients and submission of both the final technical specifications and
comparability data of the new reagents to the FDA, the latter of which would satisfy the requirements for lifting the partial hold on the clinical trial. Given
this expected timing, we do not currently expect the partial clinical hold to significantly impact site and patient enrollment of the Phase 2 trial.
The safety lead-in will be followed by the 160-patient randomized portion of the trial at approximately 20 transplant centers. Group 1 will comprise 120
adjuvant (disease-free) patients, with the primary endpoint of relapse-free survival of patients receiving MT-401 versus a control group. Group 2 will
comprise 40 active disease patients in a single arm, with primary endpoints of complete remission and duration of complete remission.
Our Strategy
Our goal is to be the leader in the development and commercialization of transformative immunotherapies for the treatment of hematological malignancies
and solid tumors. We are developing a portfolio of highly differentiated T cell therapies utilizing the MultiTAA-specific T cell platform that we believe
have the potential to significantly disrupt the current cell therapy landscape, while substantially improving survival and quality of life for patients with
cancers.
2
The key elements of our strategy include:
·
Expedite clinical development, regulatory approval, and commercialization of our lead product candidates.
Based on the results of the Phase 1 clinical trials of the MultiTAA-specific T cell therapies conducted at BCM, we plan to advance our lead product
candidates into Phase 2 clinical trials and facilitate the initiation of company-sponsored clinical trials. We are pursuing post-transplant AML as the lead
indication for the MultiTAA-specific T cell program. During the second half of 2020, we expect to complete the safety lead-in portion of our Phase 2 trial
in post-transplant AML and satisfy the FDA’s other requirements for lifting the partial hold on the clinical trial.
We plan to initiate in the future additional clinical trials in other tumor types based on emerging data. We anticipate that product manufacturing in support
of those clinical trials will be conducted at BCM’s Good Manufacturing Practices, or GMP, cell manufacturing facility.
In 2020, we expect to begin the technology transfer process and begin the planning and implementation of an additional GMP manufacturing capacity
capable of supporting our manufacturing needs with respect to potentially pivotal trials. If the results of our Phase 2 clinical trials are positive, we intend to
explore potential avenues to achieve regulatory approval for the use of our products in these indications, including any potential avenues for obtaining
accelerated approval.
·
Continue to collaborate with our partners and increase our internal research and development activities to improve and develop adoptive cell
therapy technologies.
We are party to a strategic alliance with BCM, pursuant to which we will sponsor selected research at BCM in support of our technology. In conjunction
with this strategic alliance, BCM will conduct selected Phase 1 and Phase 2 clinical trials of our product candidates. If data from these early clinical trials
are positive, we will consider the therapeutic and commercial potential for such therapies to be advanced as new product candidates for us.
In addition, we plan to use BCM facilities and our company laboratories to enable the process development required to support the Phase 2 clinical trials of
our product candidates. We plan to invest in our own research and development and chemistry, manufacturing and controls, or CMC, capabilities to
enhance our ability to conduct process development to optimize our manufacturing process, product quality and commercial scalability.
·
Invest in our platform to maximize the beneficial outcomes for cancer patients.
We plan to explore new product opportunities by increasing and/or customizing the antigens we target to expand the indications in which the MultiTAA-
specific T cell products will be efficacious, including solid tumors or other hematologic malignancies. Additionally, our research and development efforts
may include the exploration of different doses and/or frequency of dosing and the relationship of these factors with potential therapeutic benefit.
·
Leverage our relationships with our founding institutions, scientific founders and other scientific advisors.
Our world-renowned scientific founders and scientific advisors have made seminal contributions to major discoveries in the field of immuno-oncology, and
have significant experience in oncology, immunology and cell therapy. We intend to significantly leverage the knowledge, experience and advice of our
scientific founders and advisors, as well as the institutional expertise of BCM, the Mayo Foundation and our other major institutional partners, to advance
our therapies through the clinic and into commercialization.
We are in the process of evaluating the peptide vaccine therapeutic products and programs to determine the future strategy and the proper allocation of our
resources to best maximize stockholder value. In conjunction with this evaluation process we may de-emphasize or terminate certain vaccine therapeutic
products or programs. Such strategic review and evaluations are a priority and an important part of our ongoing operations.
3
Background and History of Cancer Immunotherapies
Despite advances in options for treatment, cancer continues to be one of the main causes of death in developed countries. Historically, cancer therapy has
been constrained to surgery, radiation, and chemotherapy. More recently, advances in the understanding of the immune system’s role in cancer surveillance
have led to immunotherapy becoming an important treatment approach. Cancer immunotherapy began with treatments that nonspecifically activated the
immune system and had limited efficacy and/or significant toxicity. In contrast, newer immunotherapy treatments activate specific, potent immune cells,
leading to improved safety and efficacy. Within the immunotherapy category, treatments have included vaccines, cytokine therapies, antibody therapies,
and adoptive cell therapies.
In 1996, Dr. Dana Leach, Dr. Matthew Krummel and Dr. James Allison reported that monoclonal antibodies, or mAbs, blocking CTLA-4 could treat
tumors in animal models. Subsequently, mAbs that targeted CTLA-4 and PD-1 became known as immune checkpoint inhibitors, or ICIs. Immune
checkpoints are a means by which cancer cells inhibit or turn down the body’s immune response to cancer. By interfering with these cloaking mechanisms,
ICIs have shown an ability to activate T cells, shrink tumors, and improve patient survival. Recent clinical data from checkpoint inhibitors such as
ipilimumab, nivolumab and pembrolizumab have confirmed both the validity of this approach and the importance of T cells as promising tools for the
treatment of cancer.
Despite these many advances, there persists a significant unmet need in cancer therapeutics. We believe that the use of human cells as a therapeutic
modality to re-engage the immune system will be the next significant advancement in the treatment of cancer. These cellular therapies may avoid the long-
term side effects associated with current treatments and have the potential to be effective regardless of the type of previous treatments patients have
experienced.
T Cell Therapy Overview
The field of adoptive cell transfer is currently comprised primarily of CAR and TCR engineered T cells and has emerged from principles of basic
immunology to become a paradigm-shifting clinical immunotherapy. T cell therapy has evolved as one of the most promising branches of immunotherapy.
T cell immunotherapy involves the infusion of T cells into a patient. Immune cells used for immunotherapy treatments can either be collected from the
patient (autologous) or harvested from a donor (allogeneic). The cells are retrieved and either genetically modified to express tumor-specific CARs or
TCRs or mixed with specific antigens. The cells are then cultured to proliferate, and the proliferated cells are infused into the patient. Upon infusion, the
cells can target and eliminate cancerous cells. Unlike chemotherapy, which is unable to distinguish between healthy and malignant cells, T cells produced
for immunotherapy can selectively attack cancer cells that express the target antigen(s). This leads to a more effective treatment platform with fewer side
effects. Some of these infused T cells may remain in the body for long periods, providing immunological memory, thus leading to longer and more durable
responses.
TCRs and CARs have distinct signaling properties and antigen sensitivities. TCRs recognize peptide fragments from proteins expressed either inside the
cell or on the cell surface, which are presented to T cells via major histocompatibility complex molecules. CARs are programmed to recognize a specific
cell surface protein. Because CARs are specific for a single antigen, or more precisely a single epitope within the single antigen, they are very narrowly
focused and have limitations. When a CAR-T cell product is applied to a specific antigen of a heterogeneous disease, CAR-T cells may leave behind tumor
cells that do not express the target antigen, which can lead to tumor relapse due to immune escape.
Our approach is to avoid genetic engineering by relying upon the native T cell receptor, which has evolved over millions of years to provide T cells with an
exquisite capacity to recognize and kill cancer cells. Use of the native T cell receptor is the bedrock of our versatile immunotherapy, which is intended to
provide a cost-effective and non-toxic strategy to target multiple tumor antigens and lead to durable responses. The process entails expanding tumor-
specific T cells from patients (autologous), or a patient’s hematopoietic stem cell donor (allogeneic). This is achieved by in vitro manipulation consisting of
co-culturing a patient’s or donor’s antigen presenting cells with patient (or donor) peripheral blood mononuclear cells, or PBMCs, respectively. As a source
of antigen, we use overlapping peptide libraries spanning each of several immunogenic target antigens that are typically associated with certain types of
cancer. These peptides are 15 amino acids in length, overlapping by 11 amino acids and span the entire length of each of the target antigens. This typical
footprint of peptides allows us to induce both CD4+ (helper) and CD8+ (cytotoxic) T cells. Following manufacture, these cells are frozen and stored for
later infusion. Once infused, the natural characteristics of T cells take over and the T cells multiply in quantity, forming an army of T cells that kill the
targeted cancer cells.
4
We have observed evidence of “epitope spreading” in our clinical trials, suggesting that the MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy is inducing an enhanced
response by the patient’s own T cells (specific for an expanded set of tumor-associated antigens beyond those targeted by the infused product). Correlative
analyses show expansion of endogenous T cells, other than those present in the infused product, in the months following infusion. This phenomenon, also
known as “antigen spreading,” is potentially important in generating a deep and durable response for a patient because it enables the killing of tumors that
do not express any of the antigens initially targeted by our therapy and could be due to the lack of lymphodepletion that allows recruitment of the
endogenous immune system for anti-tumor activity.
The MultiTAA-Specific T Cell Therapies
In collaboration with BCM, we are advancing two MultiTAA-specific T cell therapies through clinical development:
·
·
Autologous MultiTAA-specific T cell therapies target the NY-ESO-1, PRAME, MAGE-A4, Survivin and SSX2 antigens. We recently reported
updated clinical data from BCM’s Phase 1/2 clinical trial of the autologous MultiTAA therapy for the treatment of patients with pancreatic cancer,
and we are currently evaluating these therapies for the treatment of patients with lymphoma, MM and other selected solid tumors in Phase 1 trials.
Allogeneic MultiTAA-specific T cell therapies target the WT1, NY-ESO-1, PRAME, and Survivin antigens. The stem cell transplant donor is used
as the source of the cells manufactured for our allogeneic therapies. We are pursuing post-transplant AML as the lead indication for the
MultiTAA-specific T cell program using our allogeneic therapies.
While the blood source and the antigens for stimulation differ between the autologous and allogeneic therapies, the manufacturing process for each product
is identical.
Cancers are heterogeneous in their expression of antigens. Tumors generally consist of individual cancer cells expressing different antigens, and each of
those antigens can be present at a different level that can change over time. Therapies targeting only a single antigen are vulnerable to evolutionary escape
mechanisms.
While single-antigen specific therapy can eliminate all the tumor cells expressing the targeted antigen, the residual tumor cells that do not express that
antigen may survive and expand. In addition, tumor cells may also downregulate or mutate the targeted antigen, thus becoming invisible to the T cell
therapy. Both phenomena create a transformed tumor that is impervious to that therapy. This process is referred to as antigen-negative tumor escape.
Our solution to the problem of tumor heterogeneity is the development of T cell products that simultaneously attack multiple tumor-expressed antigens and
thereby enable more complete initial tumor targeting, thus minimizing the subsequent opportunity for the cancer to engage escape mechanisms. Of note,
data suggest that this strategy may be responsible for recruitment and activation of unique cancer-killing cells from the patient’s own immune repertoire to
participate in cancer eradication, further minimizing the possibility for tumor cell escape.
5
We believe our proprietary MultiTAA-specific T cell platform may have meaningful advantages over current CAR and TCR-engineered cell therapy
approaches. Compared to current gene-modified T cell therapies, the MultiTAA-specific T cell product candidates are characterized by the following:
·
Clinical benefits observed in early-stage clinical trials in multiple cancer indications.
Based on our observations in clinical trials in AML, pancreatic cancer, lymphoma, ALL and MM, we believe that the MultiTAA-specific T cell therapies
have the potential to mediate a meaningful anti-tumor effect, as well as significant in vivo expansion of T cells. For example, in BCM’s Phase 1 clinical
trial in lymphoma, there were complete responses, or CRs, in six of the fifteen evaluable patients with active disease. Significantly, no patient with a CR
has subsequently relapsed with disease, whereas typically 30% or more of patients with CR in reported CAR-T studies relapse within one year. In patient
results to date in this trial, observed therapeutic responses appear to be highly durable, with some patients being relapse-free beyond five years.
·
Non-gene modified.
Unlike CAR and TCR-based approaches, our MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy does not require genetic modification of T cells, a costly and complex
process that significantly complicates the manufacturing of a patient product. We believe our MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy can be manufactured at a
fraction of the cost of a gene-modified T cell product, with substantially reduced complexity of manufacturing.
·
No need for lymphodepletion before infusion.
Unlike CAR-T therapies, which require lymphodepletion of a patient’s existing T cells so that they will not compete with the infused therapy, the
MultiTAA-specific T cell therapies work with the natural capabilities of T cells to target cancer and do not require lymphodepletion prior to infusion.
·
Low incidence rate of adverse events.
As of December 2019, the MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy has been generally well tolerated by all of the patients enrolled in clinical trials in
hematological and solid tumor indications with no incidences of cytokine release syndrome or neurotoxicity. In these trials, there has been only one Grade
3 adverse reaction considered possibly related to the therapy. This appears to compare favorably with published CD19 CAR-T studies that have been
associated with substantial tolerability concerns, including one Phase 1 trial in which 95% of patients had Grade 3 or higher adverse events during
treatment.
6
·
Appears to drive endogenous immune responses.
In our clinical trials, we have observed evidence of “epitope spreading” in the treated patients, meaning that the MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy is
potentially inducing an enhanced response by the patient’s own T cells (specific for an expanded set of tumor-associated antigens beyond those targeted by
the infused product). Correlative analyses show expansion of endogenous T cells, other than those present in the infused product, in the months following
infusion. This phenomenon, also known as “antigen spreading,” is potentially important in generating a deep and durable response for a patient, because it
enables the killing of tumors that do not express any of the antigens initially targeted by our therapy and could be due to the lack of lymphodepletion that
allows recruitment of the endogenous immune system for anti-tumor activity.
·
Capable of addressing a broad repertoire of cancer cells.
While CAR-T and TCR therapies generally target a single epitope, our manufacturing process selects for T cells that are specific for multiple peptides
derived from several targeted antigens. Deep gene sequencing of our products shows that a typical patient dose usually consists of approximately 4,000
unique T cell clonotypes, some of which target up to five different tumor-associated antigens. The five antigen targets can be recognized by a very wide
range of T cells, which we believe facilitates robust killing of targeted cancer cells.
MT-401 for the Treatment of Post-Transplant AML
We have submitted an IND to the FDA to initiate a Phase 2 clinical trial in post-allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell transplant patients with AML in both
the adjuvant and active disease setting, which may become pivotal pending the results of the interim analysis. The dose administered in this multicenter
trial is the current maximum tolerated dose from the Phase 1/2 trial. In the adjuvant setting, patients will be randomized to either MT-401 at approximately
90 days post-transplant versus standard of care observation, while the active disease patients will receive MT-401 following relapse post-transplant as part
of a single-arm group.
In February 2020, we announced that the FDA lifted the clinical hold on the Phase 2 trial and has permitted us to initiate the trial, beginning with a safety
lead-in portion that is expected to enroll approximately six patients. Three patients will be dosed with MT-401 manufactured using the legacy reagent used
in the Phase 1 trial, and three patients will be dosed with MT-401 manufactured using a reagent from an alternative supplier. We anticipate using this
supplier for clinical and commercial supply of MT-401. The FDA placed a partial clinical hold on the trial for the use of the MT-401 product manufactured
using one of the reagents supplied by the alternative supplier until the final data and certificate of analysis for the reagent are reviewed and accepted by the
FDA. We currently estimate that the alternative supplier will deliver the final reagent, along with the final data and certificate of analysis required by the
FDA, by the end of the second quarter of 2020. We anticipate to complete enrollment of the first three patients and submission of the final technical
specifications and comparability data of the new reagents to the FDA during the second half of 2020, thereby satisfying the requirements for lifting the
partial hold on the clinical trial. Given this expected timing, we do not currently expect the partial clinical hold to significantly impact site and patient
enrollment of the Phase 2 trial.
The safety lead-in will be followed by the 160-patient randomized portion of the trial at approximately 20 transplant centers. Group 1 will comprise 120
adjuvant (disease-free) patients, with the primary endpoint of relapse-free survival of patients receiving MT-401 versus a control group. Group 2 will
comprise 40 active disease patients in a single arm, with primary endpoints of complete remission and duration of complete remission.
Clinical Development of Our MultiTAA-Specific T Cell Therapies by BCM
The following clinical trials are being conducted by BCM pursuant to our strategic alliance. If data from these early clinical trials are positive, we will
consider the therapeutic and commercial potential for such therapies to be advanced as new product candidates for us. In each trial, correlative studies
showed significant expansion of MultiTAA-specific T cells, as well as significant evidence of epitope spreading with expansion of endogenous T cells
specific for tumor-associated antigens that were not targeted by the MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy.
7
Acute Myeloid Leukemia
We are pursuing post-transplant AML as the lead indication for the MultiTAA-specific T cell program. Currently, available treatments for post-transplant
AML patients are limited and include donor lymphocyte infusion, which has an approximately 15% overall response rate but a 30% to 50% risk of severe
and debilitating graft-versus-host disease. The five-year mortality rate for patients who receive an allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell transplant exceeds
50%, and patients who relapse after a transplant have a survival expectation of approximately 4.5 months.
BCM recently completed a Phase 1 clinical trial of the MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy for the treatment of patients with post-transplant AML. In this
trial, we treated patients in remission and with active disease post-transplant. As illustrated below, eleven of the thirteen patients in the adjuvant disease
setting dosed with the MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy after receiving an allogeneic stem cell transplant survived, ranging from 6 weeks to 2.5 years post-
infusion, with nine of these patients in CCR, as reported in March 2019. Two patients saw local relapse in the central nervous system, but in both cases
these patients were successfully treated with local therapy alone. One patient saw extramedullary relapse and was subsequently treated in the active disease
arm of the trial, generating a CR that was durable for 13 months. One patient relapsed 8 months after receiving MultiTAA-specific T cells but following a
second allogeneic stem cell transplant this patient remains alive in relapse 1.5 years following his initial T cell infusion.
As illustrated below, and reported in March 2019, survival of the six evaluable patients with active disease ranged from 4 to 21 months, as compared to a
historical survival rate of 4 months for patients who receive the standard of care post-transplant. Of these patients, one patient demonstrated a complete
response that was durable for 13 months, one patient demonstrated a partial response that enabled that patient to receive a second allogeneic stem cell
transplant and two patients, who did not meet partial response criteria, experienced disease stabilization enabling a two-month delay to next-line therapy.
8
In this trial, the MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy was well tolerated, with no drug-related serious adverse events and no instances of graft-versus-host
disease. One patient in the adjuvant disease group had a possibly drug-related Grade 3 elevation of liver enzymes, which was treated with prednisone. After
discontinuing treatment and receiving decitabine, the patient relapsed and later re-enrolled in the trial in the active disease group and entered CR for 13
months and survived for 2.5 years.
Pancreatic Cancer
In July 2019, we reported interim data from an ongoing Phase 1/2 clinical trial of the MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy for the treatment of pancreatic
adenocarcinoma being conducted by BCM. In this trial, BCM plans to enroll approximately 45 patients with advanced or borderline resectable pancreatic
adenocarcinoma in three arms: Arm A, which includes patients with unresectable/metastatic disease who are responding to standard first-line
chemotherapy; Arm B, which includes patients with progressive disease or therapy intolerance; and Arm C, which includes patients with surgically
resectable disease. As of July 5, 2019, a total of 19 patients were administered the MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy: 10 patients in Arm A, 6 patients in
Arm B and 3 patients in Arm C.
Overall, we have observed a clinical benefit correlated with the detection of tumor-reactive T cells in patient peripheral blood (Arms A, B and C) and
within tumor biopsy samples (Arm C) post-infusion. T cells exhibited activity against both targeted antigens as well as non-targeted TAAs, including
MAGE-A2B and AFP, indicating induction of antigen/epitope spreading. No cytokine release syndrome or neurotoxicity had been observed as of July 5,
2019.
Arm A
Arm A is designed to evaluate the safety and potential efficacy of using MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy as part of first-line treatment for patients with
pancreatic cancer. These patients in the chemo-responsive arm have completed or will complete at least three months of standard-of-care chemotherapy
(gemcitabine/nab-paclitaxel or FOLFIRINOX), which is the period during which a response to chemotherapy would typically occur, before receiving up to
six administrations of MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy in conjunction with chemotherapy. Of the nine evaluable patients in Arm A as of July 5, 2019 (one
patient was too early to be evaluated):
·
Three patients experienced objective responses after administration of MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy:
o One patient experienced a complete response; and
o
Two patients experienced partial responses.
9
·
·
·
Four patients experienced disease stabilization. Two patients within stable disease boundaries (+20%/-30%) saw reversal of tumor growth in
which tumors previously growing after chemotherapy alone showed shrinkage after administration of MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy.
One patient experienced a mixed response, in which some lesions increased in size and others decreased in size for a net zero change in the size of
tumor lesions.
One patient experienced disease progression.
In addition, overall tumor shrinkage volume was observed in six out of the eight patients with a measurable tumor after administration of MultiTAA-
specific T cell therapy. One evaluable patient did not have tumor measurements for analysis.
In patients responding to therapy, significant expansion of the infused MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy was observed, along with broad-based epitope
spreading, with significant expansion of endogenous T cells specific for other tumor specific antigens.
Arm B
Arm B is designed to evaluate the use of MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy as a second-line therapy for patients who have failed first-line chemotherapy.
The patients in this chemo-refractory arm are either ineligible for chemotherapy or have progressed on chemotherapy and have received or are receiving up
to six doses of MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy as a monotherapy. Of the six evaluable patients in Arm B as of July 5, 2019:
·
·
Three patients experienced stable disease or clinical disease stabilization:
o
Two patients who previously had progressive disease experienced clinical disease stabilization for up to two months.
o One patient has maintained stable disease for seven months (ongoing).
Three patients experienced clinical decline.
Among the patients who saw clinical disease stabilization, significant expansion of the infused MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy was observed, along with
broad-based epitope spreading, with significant expansion of endogenous T cells specific for other tumor-specific antigens.
Arm C
Arm C is designed to assess T cell infiltration and expansion. These patients with borderline surgically resectable disease received or will receive a dose of
MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy following chemotherapy, radiotherapy or combination and prior to surgical resection and up to five additional doses of T
cells after surgery. In the patients evaluable in Arm C as of July 5, 2019, MultiTAA-specific T cells were measurable in meaningful numbers as detected by
correlative analysis of resected tumor, and significant expansion of the infused MultiTAA-specific T cells was observed, along with broad-based epitope
spreading, with significant expansion of endogenous T cells specific for other tumor specific antigens.
Lymphoma
BCM is currently evaluating the MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy in a Phase 1 clinical trial for the treatment of patients with lymphoma.
10
As of January 2019, we had treated 15 patients with active disease, which we refer to as the active lymphoma group, all of whom had completed a follow-
up period beyond three months post-infusion. These patients were heavily pre-treated and, on average, had failed between four and seven prior therapies,
with two patients having failed nine prior therapies. As illustrated below, in the active lymphoma group, six patients entered CR and nine patients had
experienced stable disease, with three of those patients experiencing durable stable disease and six of those patients experiencing transient stable disease
ranging from three months to ten months. None of the patients in CR had relapsed, and the range for the duration of CR in these patients were between one
and over five years after being infused with the MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy. Responses in all six patients who entered CR were associated with an
expansion of infused T cells, as well as induction of antigen spreading. Of the nine patients with stable disease, three had not relapsed, with two of those
patients in stable disease for nine months and over 24 months, respectively, which we believe shows potential durable disease stabilization.
We also had treated 18 patients, including one patient who was treated a second time after a relapse, in remission, which we refer to as the adjuvant
lymphoma group. Like the active lymphoma group, these patients were heavily pre-treated. As illustrated below, in the adjuvant lymphoma group as
reported in January 2019, all 18 patients had entered CR, with 14 patients in CCR. The duration of response ranged from nine months to over 48 months.
11
In both treatment groups, the MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy was well tolerated, with no drug-related serious adverse events, suggesting that the
MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy might serve as a standard-of-care maintenance therapy for lymphoma patients in remission.
Further, data from this trial show “epitope spreading,” or expansion of patients’ endogenous T cells (specific for an expanded set of tumor-associated
antigens beyond those targeted by the infused therapy) in the months following infusion. Significantly, we have observed this effect even though some
patients in this trial received doses that had not yet been antigen-escalated to the full antigen dose.
Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia
BCM is currently evaluating the MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy in a Phase 1 clinical trial for the treatment of patients with ALL. Leukemic relapse is
one of the primary causes of treatment failure in hematopoietic stem cell transplant recipients. Like post-transplant AML patients, post-transplant ALL
patients have limited treatment options, with donor lymphocyte infusions similarly associated with the risk of life-threatening graft-versus-host disease.
While CAR-T therapies have shown potent anti-leukemia activity in post-transplant ALL patients, CD19-CAR-T cell therapies target a single antigen,
carrying the inherent risk of immune escape, and are most effective in malignancies of B-cell lineage. In contrast, the MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy
targets multiple antigens expressed in both B- and T-cell ALL.
In this trial, as reported in February 2019 we had treated 18 patients. Of the seven evaluable patients:
·
·
·
All evaluable patients were up to 28 months in CCR;
One patient experienced relapse displayed mixed donor/recipient chimerism after transplant, but remained in CCR for 6 months; and
Patients who remained in CCR had been durable for between four to 28 months, with a median of 16 months.
12
Multiple Myeloma
BCM is currently evaluating the MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy in a Phase 1b/2a clinical trial for the treatment of patients with MM. In this trial, we are
treating both active and adjuvant post-autologous stem cell transplant MM patients both within 90 days and more than 90 days post-transplant. We have not
seen a meaningful difference in response rates or durability between the two arms and intend to standardize future trials based upon a protocol wherein
patients will receive MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy immediately post-transplant.
As reported in January 2019, of the 12 patients that had been treated in the active MM group:
·
·
·
One patient had a CR;
Three patients achieved partial responses; and
All eight remaining patients experienced stabilization of disease following initial MultiTAA-specific T cell infusion.
As reported in January 2019, of the eight patients that had been treated in the adjuvant MM group, all eight patients had experienced a partial response or
CR, with a median follow-up of 21 months. Only one patient had relapsed as of such date.
Process Development and Manufacturing of The MultiTAA-Specific T Cell Therapies
In the manufacturing process, blood is drawn from either the individual patient (in the case of the autologous T cells) or from the allogeneic stem cell
transplant donor (in the case of the allogeneic T cells). Although the T cells that are selected and expanded by our process exist in a patient’s circulating
blood, these T cells are often present at very low frequencies. Researchers at BCM believe that these T cells are adversely affected by the suppressive
tumor microenvironment. It is a well-accepted concept that cancers not only evade immune detection but often actively suppress the function of the human
immune system. Our manufacturing and culturing process is intended to (1) identify the T cells specific for the antigens that we intend to target, (2) restore
these T cells to functionality with respect to their anti-tumor capability and (3) expand the population of those T cells specific for our targets to achieve the
required patient dose.
After blood is drawn, PBMCs are isolated and used to manufacture a patient-specific product. These cells are placed inside a G-Rex manufacturing device
or standard plasticware and combined with an experimentally optimized mix of GMP-grade cytokines that is used to restore and enhance the functional
capability of the cultured T cells.
In addition, libraries of overlapping peptides, which we refer to as peptide pools, spanning the target antigens are combined with antigen presenting cells
and added to the cell culture. Each peptide within a peptide pool represents a small segment of a target antigen, which a T cell might recognize. Each
library represents the entire protein sequence of a target antigen, with each peptide overlapping significantly with the peptides adjacent to it within the
antigen’s protein sequence. This overlapping structure allows us to isolate, activate and expand any T cell that is specific for any segment of the antigens
that we target in the unique genetic background of every patient.
The G-Rex is a cell culture device manufactured by Wilson Wolf used by many cell therapy developers, both in commercial and academic settings. The
device allows a user to introduce cells, media and other reagents into a cell culture chamber, which has a gas-permeable membrane at its bottom. The cells
settle on this gas-permeable membrane through which oxygen and carbon dioxide are exchanged (i.e. the cells can breathe at the base of the device), while
nutrients required for cell expansion are obtained from the medium above the cells. This system allows for the highly robust growth of cells in culture, by
providing them with superior access to oxygen and nutrients. Cells manufactured in the device grow efficiently without need for agitation by a technician,
scientist or automated system.
Inside the G-Rex or the regular plasticware, PBMCs are co-cultured with antigen-presenting cells that have been exposed to the stimulating peptide pools.
This results in the selective expansion of T cells that specifically recognize the target antigens. At the end of the manufacturing process, the resulting
product is a mix of helper (CD4+) and cytotoxic (CD8+) T cells that recognize the antigens we are targeting.
13
Once cell manufacturing is complete, the product is tested for identity, sterility, phenotype and functionality before it is released for infusion into a patient.
Sampling of product indicates that, on average, approximately 4,000 different T cell clonotypes are present in a typical 5-antigen-specific patient product.
Upon release of the final patient product, the cells are frozen and transported to the site where the cells will be administered. The standard dose for patients
with lymphoma, AML or myeloma ranges from 5 to 20 million cells per meter squared (corresponding to typical doses of 10 to 40 million cells per adult
patient). These cell doses represent a significantly smaller dose of cells, when compared to CAR-T or TCR therapies. As a result, our therapy requires only
a very small infusion volume that can be administered to patients within minutes at an outpatient center. Due to the low incidence of adverse events with
our therapies, patients do not need to be hospitalized and monitored overnight. Instead, the patients are evaluated for any immediate infusion-related
reactions and can then usually be discharged within two hours.
Our manufacturing process is illustrated below:
Our Peptide-Based Immunotherapeutic Vaccines: TPIV200 and TPIV100/110
In addition to our MultiTAA-specific T cell therapies, we are developing peptide-based immunotherapeutic vaccines that are designed to precisely target
breast and ovarian cancer cells, in contrast to standard therapies for the treatment of cancer that target both cancer cells and normal cells. Our peptide
vaccines are derived from naturally processed T cell-targeted antigens. We believe that our peptide vaccines are potentially effective standalone therapies
but may also enhance the efficacy of other immunotherapy approaches, including our own MultiTAA-specific T cell therapies. Our multipeptide approach
is fundamentally different from traditional vaccine therapies that have generally targeted a major histocompatibility complex, or MHC, class I-restricted
epitope and have historically performed poorly as stand-alone treatments. We are currently evaluating TPIV200 for the treatment of breast and ovarian
cancers that overexpress FRa in multiple Phase 2 clinical trials and TPIV100/110 for the treatment of breast cancers that overexpress HER2/neu in Phase
1b and Phase 2 clinical trials.
We are in the process of evaluating the peptide vaccine therapeutic products and programs to determine the future strategy and the proper allocation of our
resources to best maximize stockholder value. In conjunction with this evaluation process we may de-emphasize or terminate certain vaccine therapeutic
products or programs. Such strategic review and evaluations are a priority and an important part of our ongoing operations.
14
TPIV200 for the Treatment of FRa-Overexpressed Breast and Ovarian Cancers
FRa is overexpressed in over 80% of breast cancers and over 90% of ovarian cancers. The only treatment options for these cancers are surgery, radiation
therapy and chemotherapy, creating a very important and urgent clinical need for a new therapeutic strategy. Time to recurrence is relatively short for
ovarian cancer and survival prognosis is extremely poor after recurrence. In the United States alone, every year there are 22,350 new ovarian cancer
diagnoses and 268,600 new breast cancer diagnoses, of which 10% are diagnoses of triple-negative breast cancer.
TPIV200 is composed of a mixture of five FRa-derived immunogenic peptides adjuvanted with low-dose granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating
factor, or GM-CSF, and is designed to activate both the CD4+ and CD8+ T cell compartments in order to activate a patient’s T cells against the targets.
Recent developments in immunology suggest that both CD4+ and CD8+ activation support a robust immune response.
Clinical Development
Phase 1 Clinical Trial in Advanced Breast and Ovarian Cancer
In this Phase 1 clinical trial, completed by Mayo Clinic in 2015, 21 patients with advanced breast or ovarian cancer who had undergone standard surgery
and adjuvant treatment were treated with one cycle of cyclophosphamide, followed by intradermal vaccination of TPIV200 on day one of a 28-day cycle
for a maximum of six vaccination cycles. In the trial, 20 of 21 patients generated T cell responses. These responses developed slowly over the course of the
vaccination cycles, with a median time to maximal immunity of five months. Over 90% of patients developed robust and durable antigen-specific immune
responses against FRa without regard for HLA type, which aligns with the intended mechanism of action of the vaccine, and 89% of the patients responded
to multiple epitopes included in the TPIV200 vaccine, with most patients demonstrating T cell immunity to three or more epitopes. Further, all 16 patients
in the observation stage generated T cell responses that lasted over six months.
TPIV200 was well-tolerated, with only one Grade 3 drug-related adverse event. In a two-year patient follow-up analysis, the 10 enrolled ovarian cancer
patients had longer median progression-free survival time of 528 days than the 313 days historically reported for the standard-of-care chemotherapy
treatment. All patients were alive at the final follow-up. None of the 7 breast cancer patients had experienced a recurrence.
Phase 2 Clinical Trials in Triple-Negative Breast Cancer
Triple-negative breast cancer is one of the most difficult cancers to treat and represents a clear unmet medical need. With the support of a $13.3 million
grant from the Department of Defense, the Mayo Foundation is conducting a 280-patient Phase 2 clinical trial of TPIV200 in patients with triple-negative
breast cancer, which began enrolling patients in late 2017 and is still recruiting patients.
On June 21, 2016, we announced the initiation of a randomized four-arm Phase 2 trial of TPIV200 for the treatment of patients with Stage 1 to Stage 3
triple-negative breast cancer who have completed initial surgery and chemo/radiation therapy. This open-label, 80-patient clinical trial is designed to
evaluate dosing regimens, pre-treatment, efficacy and immune responses. In the trial, we are evaluating a high dose and a low dose of TPIV200, each of
which will be tested both with and without cyclophosphamide prior to vaccination. To date, there have been no drug-related serious adverse events
reported. Based on a preliminary analysis of 34 patients enrolled in the triple negative breast cancer trial as of September 30, 2019, 31 patients showed
meaningful immune response to vaccine treatment. These data are subject to final review by independent biostatistical analysis. As of September 30, 2019,
16 of the 80 patients treated have shown disease progression following treatment with TPIV200.
Phase 2 Clinical Trial in Platinum-Sensitive Ovarian Cancer
A Phase 2 trial, which we sponsored, of TPIV200 in platinum-sensitive ovarian cancer patients (FRV-004) was initiated in January 2017. The trial is a
multi-center double-blind efficacy study designed to evaluate TPIV200 compared to GM-CSF alone in a randomized, placebo-controlled fashion during the
first maintenance period after primary surgery and chemotherapy. Multiple clinical sites enrolled approximately 120 patients. Safety and interim efficacy
has been reviewed by independent data and safety monitoring board, or DSMB.
15
In November 2019 we announced the discontinuation of this trial of TPIV200 based on an unblinded review of interim results from the trial conducted by
the DSMB. Although the DSMB did not express any safety concerns with respect to TPIV200, we elected to suspend the trial because it did not meet the
threshold for probability of clinical benefit based upon our pre-specified criteria.
Phase 2 Clinical Trial in Combination With Durvalumab for Patients with Ovarian Cancer
On April 21, 2016, we announced our participation in an ovarian cancer trial sponsored by Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center, or MSKCC, in
collaboration with AstraZeneca Pharmaceuticals in ovarian cancer patients who are not responsive to platinum, a commonly used chemotherapy for ovarian
cancer. This open-label Phase 2 trial of TPIV200 in 40 patients is designed to evaluate the effects of combination therapy with AstraZeneca’s checkpoint
inhibitor durvalumab (anti-PD-L1). Interim results from the first 27 patients were presented at the AACR-Rivkin Symposium in September 2018; safety of
the combination was shown in these heavily pretreated patients and a subset of patients exhibited durable disease stabilization. Objective response rate and
progression-free survival with combination treatment was not superior from the expected efficacy of durvalumab as a monotherapy. However, post-
immunotherapy follow-up was suggestive of improved clinical benefit from standard therapies, as the majority of patients’ post-progression went on to
receive subsequent standard therapy with durable clinical benefit, creating a rationale for exploration of these agents in combination with chemotherapy.
Although we have no business relationship with AstraZeneca, we paid for half of the costs of this trial, in addition to providing TPIV200.
TPIV 100/110 for the Treatment of HER2/neu-Overexpressed Breast Cancers
HER2/neu amplification/overexpression results in an effective therapeutic target in breast and gastric cancer. Over-expressed HER2 is detected
predominantly in malignancies of epithelial origin, such as breast, gastric, esophageal, colorectal, salivary gland, pancreatic, epithelial ovarian, endometrial,
and bladder carcinomas, as well as gallbladder and extrahepatic cholangiocarcinomas. HER2 is over-expressed in approximately 25% of breast cancers and
its expression is associated with unfavorable pathologic features and aggressive disease if not treated with targeted therapies, relative to other forms of
breast cancer. While the outcome of patients with HER2 positive breast cancer has significantly improved in the past few decades with an advent of anti-
HER2 therapies, a substantial number of resected patients with all types of breast cancer subsequently develop metastatic disease. The continued
prevalence of these cancers represents a high unmet medical need, justifying the targeted development of immunotherapeutic strategies.
We have added a MHC class I-restricted peptide, which we licensed from the Mayo Foundation on April 16, 2012, to the four MHC class II-restricted
peptides present in TPIV100, resulting in TPIV 110 after the five peptides are mixed with GM-CSF. We have amended the existing IND to incorporate the
fifth peptide and will use TPIV110 in future trials with the goal of producing an even more robust vaccine activating both CD4+ (helper) and CD8+ (killer)
T cells.
On June 7, 2016, we announced that we had exercised our option agreement with Mayo Foundation and signed a worldwide license agreement to TPIV100.
The license gives us the right to develop and commercialize the technology in any cancer indication in which the HER2/neu antigen is overexpressed. As
part of this agreement, the IND for the HER2/neu Phase 1 trial was transferred from Mayo Foundation to us for Phase 2 clinical trials of TPIV100. See “—
Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research Relationships—Mayo HER2/neu License.”
Clinical Development
Phase 1 Clinical Trials in HER2/neu+ Breast Cancer
In the Phase 1 trial of 20 patients conducted at the Mayo Clinic, TPIV100 was well tolerated. Nineteen of the twenty evaluable patients showed robust T-
cell immune responses to the antigens in the vaccine. An additional secondary endpoint incorporated into this trial was a two-year follow-on recording the
time to disease recurrence in the participating breast cancer patients.
On March 14, 2017, we announced that our partners at the Mayo Clinic received a $3.8 million grant from the Department of Defense to conduct a Phase
1b trial of TPIV100 in ductal carcinoma in situ, or DCIS, an early form of breast cancer. We are working closely with the Mayo Foundation on this clinical
trial by providing clinical and manufacturing expertise, as well as providing GMP vaccine formulations under contract. The trial is expected to enroll 40 –
45 women with DCIS and commenced such enrollment during the first quarter of 2019. If the trial is successful and subject to receiving marketing approval
from the FDA, we believe that TPIV100 may eventually augment or even replace standard surgery and chemotherapy, and potentially could become part of
a routine immunization schedule for preventing breast cancer in healthy women.
16
Phase 2 Clinical Trials in HER2/neu+ Breast Cancer
On October 10, 2018, we announced that the Mayo Clinic had been awarded a grant of $11 million from the Department of Defense intended to cover the
costs of a large randomized, double-blind Phase 2 trial of TPIV100. We are working closely with the Mayo Foundation on this clinical trial by providing
clinical and manufacturing expertise, as well as providing GMP vaccine formulations under contract. In this trial, 190 patients will be randomized, in a 2:1
fashion, to receive TPIV100 plus maintenance ado-trastuzumab emtansine, or T-DM1, or maintenance T-DM1with placebo plus GM-CSF. \The trial will
evaluate whether the administration of vaccine during T-DM1 maintenance therapy in patients with residual disease post-neoadjuvant chemotherapy
effectively blocks disease recurrence and the development of metastatic breast cancer. By prevention of recurrence and metastasis, the expectation is that
mortality associated with breast cancer will be decreased.
Manufacturing
Our current manufacturing strategy is to contract with BCM and other third parties to manufacture our MultiTAA-specific T cell therapies, as well as the
raw materials, our active pharmaceutical ingredients, or APIs, and finished solid dose products for our peptide vaccines for clinical and ultimately
commercial uses. We currently do not operate any manufacturing facilities for clinical or commercial production of our drug candidates. In addition, we
expect to continue to rely on third parties for the manufacture of our clinical and commercial supply of MultiTAA-specific T cells, and of the raw materials,
API and finished drug product for our peptide vaccines. Of note, we anticipate that product manufacturing of MultiTAA-specific T cell therapies in support
of Phase 1 and early Phase 2 clinical trials will be conducted at BCM within its GMP cell manufacturing facility. However, in 2020 we will initiate a
technology transfer process to a manufacturing facility capable of supplying commercial grade clinical products.
In this manner, we expect to continue to build and maintain our supply chain and quality assurance resources.
Our supply chain for manufacturing raw materials, API, peptide vaccines and MultiTAA-specific T cell therapies ready for distribution and
commercialization is a multi-step process. Establishing and managing the supply chain requires a significant financial commitment and the creation and
maintenance of numerous third-party contractual relationships.
We contract with third parties to manufacture our peptide vaccines and MultiTAA-specific T cell therapies for clinical purposes. Third-party manufacturers
supply us with raw materials for the peptide vaccines, and other third-party manufacturers convert these raw materials into API or convert the API into
final dosage form. For most of our peptide vaccine candidates, once our raw materials are produced, we rely on different third parties to manufacture the
API, to make finished drug product and to lyophilize, package and label the finished product. While we currently have focused on single vendors for
manufacturing of peptide, formulation development, and lyophilization and vialing, we have access to numerous other vendors, if required. Similarly, BCM
is currently the sole manufacturer of our MultiTAA-specific T cell therapies.
In November 2019, we announced that the FDA placed our planned Phase 2 clinical trial of our MultiTAA-specific T cell therapies for the treatment of
post-transplant AML on clinical hold. The FDA requested additional information and technical specifications for two legacy reagents supplied by third
parties used in the MultiTAA-specific T cell manufacturing process. The technical specifications and data requested by the FDA could not be produced by
the original suppliers. We identified alternative suppliers, and the FDA permitted us to initiate a safety lead-in portion of the trial but placed a partial hold
on the trial for the use of the MultiTAA-specific T cell product manufactured using one of the reagents supplied by the alternative supplier until the final
data and certificate of analysis for the reagent are reviewed and accepted by the FDA. We currently estimate that the alternative supplier will deliver the
final reagent, along with the final data and certificate of analysis required by the FDA, by the end of the second quarter of 2020.
17
Competition
Our drug discovery, development and ultimate commercialization activities face, and will continue to face, intense competition from organizations such as
pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, as well as academic and research institutions and government agencies. We face significant competition
from organizations, particularly fully integrated pharmaceutical companies that are pursuing pharmaceuticals which are competitive with our drug
candidates. Our product candidates may compete with product candidates from a number of companies, which are developing various types of similar in
vivo T-cell immunotherapies and therapeutic cancer vaccines to treat cancer, including: Advaxis Inc., Genzyme Molecular Oncology, Immune Design,
Oncothyreon, Celldex, BN Immunotherapeutics, Immunocellular, SELLAS Life Sciences Group, Inc. (formerly) Galena BioPharma, Antigen Express,
Transgene S. A., and Bavarian Nordic. In addition, other adoptive T-cell therapies, monoclonal antibodies and checkpoint inhibitors also provide
competition in the oncology space. In these areas, competitors include Iovance, Immatics, Torque Therapeutics, Tessa Therapeutics, AdaptImmune, Mana
Therapeutics, Bluebird Bio, Cellectis, Cell Medica, Juno Therapeutics/Celgene/Bristol Myers Squibb, Kite Pharma/Gilead, Novartis, Roche
Pharmaceuticals, Merck & Co, AstraZeneca plc and Medimmune, LLC. We believe that our non-engineered T cells therapy and our in vivo T-cell therapy
approaches will be synergistic and may improve therapies being developed by these competitors.
Many companies and institutions, either alone or together with their collaborative partners, have substantially greater financial, technical and human
resources, and significantly greater experience than we do in the following:
·
·
·
·
drug discovery;
developing products;
undertaking preclinical testing and clinical trials;
obtaining FDA and other regulatory approvals of products; and
· manufacturing, marketing, distributing and selling products.
Accordingly, our competitors may succeed in obtaining patent protection, receiving FDA and other regulatory approval or commercializing products that
compete with our drug candidates.
In addition, any drug candidate that we successfully develop may compete with existing therapies that have long histories of safe and effective use.
Competition may also arise from:
·
·
·
other drug development technologies and methods of preventing or reducing the incidence of disease;
new small molecules; or
other classes of therapeutic agents.
We face, and will continue to face, intense competition from other companies for collaborative arrangements with pharmaceutical and biotechnology
companies, for establishing relationships with academic and research institutions and for licenses to drug candidates or proprietary technology. These
competitors, either alone or with their collaborative partners, may succeed in developing products that are more effective than ours.
Our ability to compete successfully will depend, in part, on our ability to:
·
·
develop proprietary products;
develop and maintain products that reach the market first, are technologically superior to and/or are of lower cost than other products in the
market;
18
·
·
·
attract and retain scientific, product development and sales and marketing personnel;
obtain patent or other proprietary protection for our products and technologies;
obtain required regulatory approvals; and
· manufacture, market, distribute and sell any products that we develop.
In a number of countries, including in particular, developing countries, government officials and other groups have suggested that pharmaceutical
companies should make drugs available at a low cost. In some cases, governmental authorities have indicated that where pharmaceutical companies do not
do so, their patents might not be enforceable to prevent generic competition. Some major pharmaceutical companies have greatly reduced prices for their
drugs in certain developing countries. If certain countries do not permit enforcement of any of our patents, sales of our products in those countries, and in
other countries could be reduced by generic competition or by parallel importation of our product. Alternatively, governments in those countries could
require that we grant compulsory licenses to allow competitors to manufacture and sell their own versions of our products in those countries, thereby
reducing our product sales, or we could respond to governmental concerns by reducing prices for our products. In all these situations, our results of
operations could be adversely affected.
BCM Exclusive License Agreement
On March 16, 2018, we entered into an exclusive license agreement, or the BCM License Agreement, with BCM, under which we received a worldwide,
exclusive license to BCM’s rights in and to certain intellectual property rights, including European patent EP 2470644 (estimated expiration date August
24, 2030), to develop and commercialize MultiTAA-specific T cell product candidates.
Exclusive License to BCM’s Subject Technology:
1. “Generation of CTL Lines with Specificity Against Multiple Tumor Antigens or Multiple Viruses”
2. “Pepmixes to Generate Multiviral CTLs with Broad Specificity”
3. “Immunogenic Antigen Identification from a Pathogen and Correlation to Clinical Efficacy”
In partial consideration for the exclusive rights granted under the BCM License Agreement, Marker Cell Therapy, Inc., an entity that is now our wholly
owned subsidiary, issued shares of its common stock to BCM valued at approximately $5.0 million at the time of issuance. Such initial equity issuance was
exchanged into merger consideration of 1,490,813 shares of our common stock and warrants to acquire 540,643 shares of our common stock in connection
with the merger we completed in October 2018. Additional consideration includes a royalty paid on net sales by us to BCM according to the royalty
schedule in the BCM License Agreement. The royalty fee schedule is based on aggregate net sales in four different ranges: (1) less than $500 million, (2)
$500 million to $1.0 billion, (3) $1.0 billion and over, and (4) $2.0 billion and over. The corresponding royalty percentages range from 0.65% to 5.0% -
increasing in proportion to the aggregate net sales. The royalty fee may be reduced in the event that we must pay additional royalties with respect to third-
party owned patent rights or technology necessary for the use, manufacture or sale of a licensed product. We also agreed to pay BCM up to an aggregate of
$64.85 million in milestone payments upon the occurrence of nine particular milestones relating to completion of the first dosing in clinical trials for a first
and second distinct product, receipt of approval from the FDA and the achievement of certain net sales goals. We are also responsible for sublicensing fees.
In addition, under the BCM License Agreement, we are responsible for reimbursing BCM for patent-related expenses. BCM is responsible for filing,
prosecuting and maintaining all patent applications and patents included in the licensed patent rights, and we have agreed to reimburse BCM for all such
related legal costs incurred after the date of the BCM License Agreement, except such legal costs shall be reduced on a pro-rata basis on a patent or patent
application basis should BCM license such patent or patent application in additional fields of use to any third party.
In addition, upon a liquidity event (as defined in the BCM License Agreement) of the Company, BCM will receive a liquidity incentive payment of 0.5% of
the liquidity event proceeds (as defined in the BCM License Agreement).
19
We have agreed to indemnify BCM and certain persons affiliated with BCM against claims and liabilities directly or indirectly related to or arising out of
the design, process, manufacture or use by any third party of the licensed products, even though such claims and liabilities result in whole or in part from
the negligence of the BCM indemnified parties or are based upon doctrines of strict liability or product liability, but not claims or liabilities arising from the
gross negligence or intentional misconduct of any such BCM indemnified parties.
Unless terminated sooner, the license will expire on a licensed product-by-product basis and country-by-country basis, on the later of (1) the date of
expiration of the last valid claim of patent rights to expire that covers the sale of such licensed product in such country, or (2) the first date following the
tenth anniversary of the first commercial sale of first licensed product by us in such country. After such expiration, but not termination, the licenses granted
to us shall survive and become a perpetual, paid-in-full license in such country with respect to such licensed product.
We have the right in our sole discretion to terminate the BCM License Agreement upon 60 days’ written notice to BCM. BCM has the right to terminate the
agreement upon material default or failure of us of our overall obligation to perform any of the terms, covenants or provisions of the license agreement,
including failure to make timely payment, taken as a whole, and which default or failure remains uncured thirty days after written notice from BCM of such
material default or failure to correct such default or failure. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a material default or failure is not susceptible to cure within
the 30-day cure period, BCM’s right to terminate shall be suspended if, and for so long as, (1) we have provided BCM with a written plan that is reasonably
calculated to effect a cure, (2) such plan is reasonably acceptable to BCM, in its sole but reasonable discretion, and (3) we commit to and do carry out such
plan; provided, however, that, unless mutually agreed to by the parties in such plan, such suspension of BCM’s right to terminate shall not extend beyond
60 days after the original cure period. In addition, either party’s right to terminate the license agreement shall be tolled for so long as dispute resolution
procedures are being pursued by the allegedly breaching party in good faith, and if it is finally and conclusively determined that the allegedly breaching
party is in material breach, then the breaching party shall have the right to cure within 30 days after such determination. BCM also has the right to
terminate the agreement if we shall (1) become involved in insolvency, dissolution, bankruptcy or receivership proceedings affecting the operation of our
business, (2) make an assignment of all or substantially all of our assets for the benefit of creditors, or (3) if a receiver or trustee is appointed for us and we,
after the expiration of 30 days following any of the enumerated events, are unable to secure a dismissal, stay or other suspension of such proceedings.
In the event of termination of the BCM License Agreement, but not expiration, all rights to the subject technology and patent rights thereunder shall revert
to BCM, except to the extent necessary to exercise any surviving right or license thereunder. We may sell any licensed products actually in our possession
at the effective date of termination, provided that we continue to pay to BCM royalties on all such sales in accordance with the license agreement,
otherwise comply with the terms of the license agreement and sell all such licensed products within six months after the effective date of the termination.
In furtherance of the BCM License Agreement and as contemplated by the terms thereof, we have entered into a Sponsored Research Agreement, or the
SRA, with BCM, which provides for the conduct of research for us by credentialed personnel at BCM’s Center for Cell and Gene Therapy. The SRA, as
amended, terminates on January 31, 2021. Pursuant to the amended SRA, we have agreed to pay BCM $54,000 in each of 2020 and 2021. We previously
paid a total of $250,000 to BCM during the first two years of the SRA.
We will need to enter into additional agreements with BCM with respect to a strategic alliance to advance pre-clinical research, early stage clinical trials,
and Phase 2 clinical trials with respect to our product candidates, as well as continued access to our clinical data, and product manufacturing and support,
including personnel and space at the institution for the foreseeable future.
Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research Relationships
We have exclusively licensed the intellectual property for our TPIV100/110 HER2/neu breast cancer vaccine and TPIV200 folate receptor alpha vaccine
product candidates from the Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research, or the Mayo Foundation.
As part of our business strategy, we establish business relationships, including collaborative arrangements, with other companies and medical research
institutions to assist in the clinical development of certain of our drugs and drug candidates and to provide support for our research programs.
20
Below is a brief description of our significant business relationships and collaborations and related license agreements with Mayo Foundation that expand
our pipeline and provide us with certain rights to existing and potential new products and technologies.
Following approval of the IND by the FDA in July 2011, we executed a Sponsored Research Agreement with the Mayo Foundation for the clinical trial.
Mayo Patent & Know-How License
On March 25, 2012, we entered into a Patent & Know-How License Agreement with the Mayo Foundation pursuant to which we licensed certain
intellectual property rights from the Mayo Foundation for the development and commercialization of certain products, methods and processes property
relating to a proprietary HER2/neu technology.
The Mayo Foundation granted us a license (with a right to sublicense) on a worldwide basis to make, sell and use products for prophylactic and therapeutic
use. This license is an exclusive license for products that are based on the licensed intellectual property and non-exclusive for products that are based on
Mayo Foundation know–how and materials. The intellectual property licensed includes U.S. patents 9,814,767 (estimated expiration date February 15,
2033) and 10,117,919 (estimated expiration date February 15, 2033) and European patent 2814836 (estimated expiration date February 15, 2033).
Under this agreement, and subject to certain exceptions, we are responsible for, among other things, developing the technology under the Patent Rights to
bring Licensed Products (as defined in the agreement) to market and costs of filing, prosecution and maintenance of the Patent Rights. Mayo Foundation
controls the prosecution and maintenance of the Patent Rights in consultation with us.
The Mayo Foundation granted this license in exchange for an upfront payment of $250,000 that we paid in three installments. In addition to the upfront
payment, we are to pay an annual license maintenance fee, milestone fees, royalty fees (which will be subject to a minimum annual royalty fee once royalty
fees are due), a percentage of sublicense income (if applicable), and a $2,000,000 diligence fee if we fail to initiate a Phase 2 clinical trial for a Licensed
Product prior to the eighth anniversary of the agreement.
We have agreed to indemnify and hold Mayo Foundation harmless from any damages caused as a result of (1) the practice or exercise of any rights and
assignments granted pursuant to the agreement by or on behalf of us, any affiliate, or any sub-licensee; (2) research, development, design, manufacture,
distribution, use, sale, importation, exportation or other disposition of Licensed Products; (3) our, any affiliates, or any sub-licensee’s act or omission; and
(4) third party suits for patent infringement involving a Licensed Product.
The term of this agreement runs from March 25, 2012 until the date of the last to expire of the Valid Claims (as defined in the agreement), provided that
Mayo Foundation may terminate the agreement if, among other matters, (1) 45 days after providing us with notice of a material breach of this agreement,
we fail to cure such breach, (2) we fail to initiate a Phase 3 clinical trial for a Licensed Product prior to the tenth anniversary of the agreement, and (3) we
cease to conduct business in the normal event of operations or become insolvent or bankrupt. We may voluntarily terminate the agreement at any time upon
written notice to Mayo Foundation.
Mayo HER2/neu License
On May 4, 2016, we entered into a License and Assignment Agreement with Mayo Foundation, or the Mayo Foundation HER2/neu License, pursuant to
which we licensed certain intellectual property rights from the Mayo Foundation for the development and commercialization of certain products, methods
and processes property relating to any cancer indication in which the HER2/neu antigen is overexpressed. The Mayo Foundation HER2/neu License
resulted from our exercise of an option that was issued pursuant to a Technology Option Agreement that we entered into with the Mayo Foundation on May
25, 2010.
The Mayo Foundation granted us a license (with a right to sublicense) on a worldwide basis to make, sell and use products for therapeutic use against
breast, ovarian, lung and any other cancers that overexpress HER2/neu antigens. This license is an exclusive license for products that are based on the
licensed intellectual property and non-exclusive for products that are based on Mayo Foundation know–how and materials. The intellectual property
licensed includes European patent 2215111 (estimated expiration date October 30, 2028).
21
Under the Mayo Foundation HER2/neu License, and subject to certain exceptions, we are responsible for, among other things, developing the technology
under the Patent Rights to bring Licensed Products (both as defined in the Mayo Foundation HER2/neu License) to market and costs of filing, prosecution
and maintenance of the Patent Rights. Mayo Foundation has sole control over the protection, defense, enforcement, maintenance abandonment and other
handling of the Know-How (as defined in the Mayo Foundation HER2/neu License) and Materials (as defined in the Mayo Foundation HER2/neu
License).
The Mayo Foundation granted this license in exchange for an initial payment of $300,000. The Mayo Foundation assigned to us IND #14749, and we
assumed all responsibility and liability for this investigational new drug application. In addition to the initial payment, we are to pay an annual license
maintenance fee, milestone fees, royalty fees (which will be subject to a minimum annual royalty fee once royalty fees are due) and, if applicable, a
percentage of sublicense income.
We have agreed to indemnify and hold Mayo Foundation harmless from any damages caused as a result of (1) the practice or exercise of any rights and
assignments granted pursuant to the agreement by or on behalf of us or any sub-licensee; (2) research, development, design, manufacture, distribution, use,
sale, importation, exportation or other disposition of Licensed Products; (3) our or any sub-licensee’s act or omission, including negligence or willful
misconduct; and (4) third party suits for patent infringement involving a Licensed Product.
The term of this agreement runs from May 4, 2016 until the date of our last obligation to make payments under the agreement, provided that Mayo
Foundation may terminate the agreement if, among other matters, (1) 30 days after providing us with notice of a material breach of this agreement, we fail
to cure such breach, (2) 90 days after providing us with written notice, we fail to meet either of the following diligence events (a) initiate a Phase 2 clinical
trial for a Licensed Product prior to the second anniversary of the agreement and, once initiated, keep current on all of our Phase 2 funding obligations and
(b) initiate a Phase 2b or 3 clinical trial for a Licensed Product prior to the fifth anniversary of the agreement, (3) we fail to make a sale of a Licensed
Product by May 4, 2026, and (4) we cease to conduct business in the normal event of operations or become insolvent or bankrupt. We may voluntarily
terminate the agreement at any time upon written notice to Mayo Foundation.
Mayo Folate Receptor Alpha License
On July 21, 2015, we entered into a License and Assignment Agreement with Mayo Foundation, or the Mayo Foundation FRa License, pursuant to which
we licensed certain intellectual property rights from the Mayo Foundation for the development and commercialization of certain products, methods and
processes property relating to a Folate Receptor Alpha immunotherapeutic vaccine comprised of a set of unique peptide epitopes targeting breast, lung and
ovarian cancer. The Mayo Foundation FRa License resulted from our exercise of an option that we acquired from Ayer Special Situations Fund I, LP, or
Ayer, that was issued pursuant to a Technology Option Agreement that Ayer entered into with the Mayo Foundation on March 19, 2014.
The Mayo Foundation granted us a license (with a right to sublicense) on a worldwide basis to make, sell and use products for therapeutic use against
breast, ovarian, lung and other cancers that overexpress Folate Receptor Alpha. This license is an exclusive license for products that are based on the
licensed intellectual property and non-exclusive for products that are based on Mayo Foundation know–how and materials. The intellectual property that is
licensed includes US patents 8,486,412 (estimated expiration date April 3, 2029), 8,858,952 (estimated expiration date March 10, 2031), 9,243,033 (July
10, 2027) and 9,915,646 (estimated expiration date June 1, 2027).
Under the Mayo Foundation FRa License, and subject to certain exceptions, we are responsible for, among other things, developing the technology under
the Patent Rights to bring Licensed Products (both as defined in the Mayo Foundation FRa License) to market and costs of filing, prosecution and
maintenance of the Patent Rights. Mayo Foundation has sole control over the protection, defense, enforcement, maintenance abandonment and other
handling of the Know-How (as defined in the Mayo Foundation FRa License) and Materials (as defined in the Mayo Foundation FRa License).
The Mayo Foundation granted this license in exchange for an initial upfront payment of $350,000. The Mayo Foundation assigned to us IND # 14546, and
we assumed all responsibility and liability for this investigational new drug application. In addition to the initial upfront payment, we are to pay additional
upfront payments, an annual license maintenance fee, milestone fees, royalty fees (which will be subject to a minimum annual royalty fee once royalty fees
are due), and, if applicable, a percentage of sublicense income.
22
We have agreed to indemnify and hold Mayo Foundation harmless from any damages caused as a result of (1) the practice or exercise of any rights and
assignments granted by the Mayo Foundation FRa License by or on behalf of us or any sub-licensee; (2) research, development, design, manufacture,
distribution, use, sale, importation, exportation or other disposition of Licensed Products; (3) our or any sub-licensee’s act or omission, including
negligence or willful misconduct; and (4) third party suits for patent infringement involving a Licensed Product.
The term of this agreement runs from July 21, 2015 until the date of our last obligation to make payments under this agreement, provided that the Mayo
Foundation may terminate this agreement if, among other matters, (1) 30 days after providing us with notice of a material breach of this agreement, we fail
to cure such breach, (2) 90 days after providing us with written notice, we fail to meet either of the following diligence events (a) initiate a Phase 2 clinical
trial for a Licensed Product prior to the 2nd anniversary of the Mayo Foundation FRa License and, once initiated, keep current on all of our Phase 2
funding obligations and (b) initiate a Phase 2b or 3 clinical trial for a Licensed Product prior to the 5th anniversary of the Mayo Foundation FRa License,
(3) we fail to make a sale of a Licensed Product by July 21, 2025 and (4) we cease to conduct business in the normal event of operations or become
insolvent or bankrupt. We may voluntarily terminate the Mayo Foundation FRa License at any time upon written notice to Mayo Foundation.
Intellectual Property
Our commercial success will depend in part on our ability to obtain and maintain patent and other proprietary protection for our technology, inventions,
improvements, and know-how related to the business; to defend and enforce proprietary rights, including any patents that we may own in the future; to
preserve the confidentiality of our trade secrets and other intellectual property; to obtain and maintain licenses to use intellectual property owned by third
parties; and to operate without infringing the valid and enforceable patents and other proprietary rights of third parties. Our ability to stop third parties from
making, using, selling, offering to sell, or importing our products may depend on the extent to which we have rights under valid and enforceable patents or
trade secrets that cover these activities — in other words, the rights obtained under exclusive license arrangements such as those pursuant to our BCM
License Agreement and our Mayo Foundation licenses. With respect to both licensed and company-owned intellectual property, we cannot be sure that
patents will be granted with respect to any of our pending patent applications or with respect to any patent applications filed in the future, nor can we be
sure that any of our existing patents or any patents that may be granted in the future will be commercially useful in protecting our commercial products and
methods of manufacturing the same.
To achieve this objective, a strategic focus for us has been to identify and license key patents and patent applications that serve to enhance our intellectual
property and technology position. Currently, all of our MultiTAA-specific T cell intellectual property rights are licensed from BCM. Our intellectual
property portfolio currently includes patent applications having: (1) claims directed to methods of generating multi-antigen specific T cell products; and (2)
claims directed to therapeutic uses of such multi-antigen specific T cell products. We believe our patent portfolio, together with our efforts to develop and
patent next-generation technologies, provides us with a substantial intellectual property position. However, the area of patent and other intellectual property
rights in biotechnology is an evolving one with many risks and uncertainties.
Patents
Patents and other proprietary rights are vital to our business operations. We protect our technology through various United States and foreign patent filings
and maintain trade secrets that we own. Our policy is to seek appropriate patent protection both in the United States and abroad for our proprietary
technologies and product candidates. An enforceable patent with appropriate claim coverage can provide an advantage over competitors who may seek to
employ similar approaches to develop therapeutics, and so the future commercial success of products, and therefore our future success, will be in part
dependent on our intellectual property strategy. We reassess the value of each patent at the time maintenance fees are due, and in cases where maintaining
the patent is judged to be of no significant strategic value, we decline to pay the maintenance fee.
There can be no assurance that our patents, and any patents that may be issued or licensed to us in the future, will afford protection against competitors with
similar technology. In addition, no assurances can be given that the patents issued or licensed to us will not be infringed upon or designed around by others
or that others will not obtain patents that we would need to license or design around. If the courts uphold existing or future patents containing broad claims
over technology used by us, the holders of such patents could require us to obtain licenses to use such technology. Patent coverage may also vary from
country to country based on the scope of available patent protection. There are also opportunities to obtain an extension of patent coverage for a product in
certain countries, which adds further complexity to the determination of patent life.
23
We currently have a number of issued and pending patents covering composition of matter of our PolyStart technology including: U.S. 9,364,523
(estimated expiration date March 17, 2035); U.S. 9,655,956 (estimated expiration date March 17, 2035); U.S. 9,988,643 (estimated expiration date March
17, 2035); and U.S. 10,030,252 (estimated expiration date March 17, 2035)
The effect of the issued United States patents is that they provide us with patent protection for the claims covered by the patents. While the expiration of a
product patent normally results in a loss of market exclusivity for the covered product or product candidate, commercial benefits may continue to be
derived from: (1) later-granted patents on processes and intermediates related to the most economical method of manufacture of the active ingredient of
such product; (2) patents relating to the use of such product; (3) patents relating to novel compositions and formulations; and (4) in the United States and
certain other countries, market exclusivity that may be available under relevant law. The effect of patent expiration on our product candidates also depends
upon many other factors such as the nature of the market and the position of the product in it, the growth of the market, the complexities and economics of
the process for manufacture of the active ingredient of the product and the requirements of new drug provisions of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic
Act or similar laws and regulations in other countries.
Our pending patent applications cover a range of technologies, including specific embodiments and applications for treatment of various medical
indications, improved application methods and adjunctive utilization with other therapeutic modalities. The coverage claimed in a patent application can be
significantly reduced before the patent is issued. Accordingly, we do not know whether any of the applications we will acquire, or license will result in the
issuance of patents, or, if any patents are issued, whether they will provide significant proprietary protection or will be challenged, circumvented or
invalidated. Because unissued U.S. patent applications are maintained in secrecy for a period of eighteen months and U.S. patent applications filed prior to
November 29, 2000 are not disclosed until such patents are issued, and since publication of discoveries in the scientific or patent literature often lags
behind actual discoveries, we cannot be certain of the priority of inventions covered by pending patent applications. Moreover, we may have to participate
in opposition proceedings in a foreign patent office, or for United States patent applications filed before March 16, 2013, in interference proceedings
declared by the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or the USPTO, to determine priority of invention, or in United States inter partes review or
post-grant review procedures, any of which could result in substantial cost to us, even if the eventual outcome is favorable to us. There can be no assurance
that the patents, if issued, would be held valid by a court of competent jurisdiction. An adverse outcome could subject us to significant liabilities to third
parties, require disputed rights to be licensed from third parties or require us to cease using such technology.
We have patents and patent applications in other countries, as well as in the European Patent Office that we believe provide equivalent or comparable
protection for our product candidates in jurisdictions internationally that we consider to be key markets. Because of the differences in patent laws and laws
concerning proprietary rights, the extent of protection provided by U.S. patents or proprietary rights owned by us may differ from that of their foreign
counterparts.
Trade Secrets
We also rely on trade secrets and know-how relating to our proprietary technology and product candidates, continuing innovation, and in-licensing
opportunities to develop, strengthen and maintain our proprietary position in the field of immuno-oncology. However, trade secrets can be difficult to
protect. We also plan to rely on regulatory protection afforded through orphan drug designations, data exclusivity, market exclusivity and patent term
extensions when available, as well as contractual agreements with our academic and commercial partners.
We require each of our employees, consultants and advisors to execute a confidentiality agreement upon the commencement of any employment,
consulting or advisory relationship with us. Each agreement provides that all confidential information developed or made known to the individual during
the course of the relationship will be kept confidential and not be disclosed to third parties except in specified circumstances. In the case of employees, the
agreements provide that all inventions conceived by an employee shall be our exclusive property.
24
Trademarks
We currently have pending with the USPTO applications for registration of the trademarks POLYSTART and “Marker Therapeutics.” We currently have
the trademark “TapImmune” registered with the USPTO. We also have rights to use other names essential to our business. Federally registered trademarks
have a perpetual life if they are maintained and renewed on a timely basis and used properly as trademarks, subject to the rights of third parties to seek
cancellation of the trademarks if they claim priority or confusion of usage. We regard our trademarks and other proprietary rights as valuable assets and
believe they have significant value to us.
We believe that our patents, the protection of discoveries in connection with our development activities, our proprietary products, technologies, processes
and know-how and all our intellectual property are important to our business. There can be no assurance that any of our patents, licenses or other
intellectual property rights will afford us any protection from competition.
Government Regulation
The FDA and other regulatory authorities at federal, state, and local levels, as well as in foreign countries, extensively regulate, among other things, the
research, development, testing, manufacture, quality control, import, export, safety, effectiveness, labeling, packaging, storage, distribution, record keeping,
approval, advertising, promotion, marketing, post-approval monitoring, and post-approval reporting of biologics such as those we are developing. We,
along with third-party contractors, will be required to navigate the various preclinical, clinical and commercial approval requirements of the governing
regulatory agencies of the countries in which we wish to conduct studies or seek approval or licensure of our product candidates.
The process required by the FDA before biologic product candidates may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
completion of preclinical laboratory tests and animal studies performed in accordance with the FDA’s current Good Laboratory Practices, or GLP,
regulation;
submission to the FDA of an IND, which must become effective before clinical trials may begin and must be updated annually or when significant
changes are made;
approval by an independent Institutional Review Board, or IRB, or ethics committee at each clinical site before the trial is commenced;
performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials to establish the safety, purity and potency of the proposed biologic product
candidate for its intended purpose;
preparation of and submission to the FDA of a biologics license application, or BLA, after completion of all pivotal clinical trials;
satisfactory completion of an FDA Advisory Committee review, if applicable;
a determination by the FDA within 60 days of its receipt of a BLA to file the application for review;
satisfactory completion of an FDA pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the proposed product is produced to
assess compliance with cGMP and to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the biological product’s continued
safety, purity and potency, and of selected clinical investigation sites to assess compliance with Good Clinical Practices, or GCP; and
FDA review and approval of the BLA to permit commercial marketing of the product for particular indications for use in the United States.
25
Preclinical and Clinical Development
Prior to beginning the first clinical trial with a product candidate, we must submit an IND to the FDA. An IND is a request for authorization from the FDA
to administer an investigational new drug product to humans. The central focus of an IND submission is on the general investigational plan and the
protocol(s) for clinical studies. The IND also includes results of animal and in vitro studies assessing the toxicology, pharmacokinetics, pharmacology, and
pharmacodynamic characteristics of the product; chemistry, manufacturing, and controls information; and any available human data or literature to support
the use of the investigational product. An IND must become effective before human clinical trials may begin. The IND automatically becomes effective 30
days after receipt by the FDA, unless the FDA, within the 30-day time period, raises safety concerns or questions about the proposed clinical trial. In such a
case, the IND may be placed on clinical hold and the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns or questions before the clinical trial
can begin. Submission of an IND therefore may or may not result in FDA authorization to begin a clinical trial. Clinical trials involve the administration of
the investigational product to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigators in accordance with GCPs, which include the requirement that
all research subjects provide their informed consent for their participation in any clinical study. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing,
among other things, the objectives of the study, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. A separate
submission to the existing IND must be made for each successive clinical trial conducted during product development and for any subsequent protocol
amendments. Furthermore, an independent IRB for each site proposing to conduct the clinical trial must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial
and its informed consent form before the clinical trial begins at that site and must monitor the study until completed. Regulatory authorities, the IRB or the
sponsor may suspend a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk or
that the trial is unlikely to meet its stated objectives. Some studies also include oversight by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the
clinical study sponsor, known as a data safety monitoring board, which provides authorization for whether or not a study may move forward at designated
check points based on access to certain data from the study and may halt the clinical trial if it determines that there is an unacceptable safety risk for
subjects or other grounds, such as no demonstration of efficacy. There are also requirements governing the reporting of ongoing clinical studies and clinical
study results to public registries.
For purposes of BLA approval, human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases that may overlap.
·
·
·
Phase 1—The investigational product is initially introduced into healthy human subjects or patients with the target disease or condition. These
studies are designed to test the safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism and distribution of the investigational product in humans, the side
effects associated with increasing doses, and, if possible, to gain early evidence on effectiveness.
Phase 2—The investigational product is administered to a limited patient population with a specified disease or condition to evaluate the
preliminary efficacy, optimal dosages and dosing schedule and to identify possible adverse side effects and safety risks. Multiple Phase 2 clinical
trials may be conducted to obtain information prior to beginning larger and more expensive Phase 3 clinical trials.
Phase 3—The investigational product is administered to an expanded patient population to further evaluate dosage, to provide statistically
significant evidence of clinical efficacy and to further test for safety, generally at multiple geographically dispersed clinical trial sites. These
clinical trials are intended to establish the overall risk/benefit ratio of the investigational product and to provide an adequate basis for product
approval.
In some cases, the FDA may require, or companies may voluntarily pursue, additional clinical trials after a product is approved to gain more information
about the product. These so- called Phase 4 studies may be made a condition to approval of the BLA. Concurrent with clinical trials, companies may
complete additional animal studies and develop additional information about the biological characteristics of the product candidate and must finalize a
process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of
consistently producing quality batches of the product candidate and, among other things, must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality
and purity of the final product, or for biologics, the safety, purity and potency. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested, and stability
studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the product candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.
26
BLA Submission and Review
Assuming successful completion of all required testing in accordance with all applicable regulatory requirements, the results of product development,
nonclinical studies and clinical trials are submitted to the FDA as part of a BLA requesting approval to market the product for one or more indications. The
BLA must include all relevant data available from pertinent preclinical and clinical studies, including negative or ambiguous results as well as positive
findings, together with detailed information relating to the product’s chemistry, manufacturing, controls, and proposed labeling, among other things. The
submission of a BLA requires payment of a substantial application user fee to FDA, unless a waiver or exemption applies.
Once a BLA has been submitted, the FDA’s goal is to review standard applications within ten months after it accepts the application for filing, or, if the
application qualifies for priority review, six months after the FDA accepts the application for filing. In both standard and priority reviews, the review
process is often significantly extended by FDA requests for additional information or clarification. The FDA reviews a BLA to determine, among other
things, whether a product is safe, pure and potent and the facility in which it is manufactured, processed, packed, or held meets standards designed to assure
the product’s continued safety, purity and potency. The FDA may convene an advisory committee to provide clinical insight on application review
questions. Before approving a BLA, the FDA will typically inspect the facility or facilities where the product is manufactured. The FDA will not approve
an application unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure
consistent production of the product within required specifications. Additionally, before approving a BLA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more
clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP. If the FDA determines that the application, manufacturing process or manufacturing facilities are not
acceptable, it will outline the deficiencies in the submission and often will request additional testing or information. Notwithstanding the submission of any
requested additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval.
After the FDA evaluates a BLA and conducts inspections of manufacturing facilities where the investigational product and/or its drug substance will be
produced, the FDA may issue an approval letter or a Complete Response letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the product with
specific prescribing information for specific indications. A Complete Response letter will describe all of the deficiencies that the FDA has identified in the
BLA, except that where the FDA determines that the data supporting the application are inadequate to support approval, the FDA may issue the Complete
Response letter without first conducting required inspections, testing submitted product lots, and/or reviewing proposed labeling. In issuing the Complete
Response letter, the FDA may recommend actions that the applicant might take to place the BLA in condition for approval, including requests for
additional information or clarification. The FDA may delay or refuse approval of a BLA if applicable regulatory criteria are not satisfied, require additional
testing or information and/or require post-marketing testing and surveillance to monitor safety or efficacy of a product.
If regulatory approval of a product is granted, such approval will be granted for particular indications and may entail limitations on the indicated uses for
which such product may be marketed. For example, the FDA may approve the BLA with a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or REMS, to ensure
the benefits of the product outweigh its risks. A REMS is a safety strategy to manage a known or potential serious risk associated with a product and to
enable patients to have continued access to such medicines by managing their safe use, and could include medication guides, physician communication
plans, or elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools. The FDA also may
condition approval on, among other things, changes to proposed labeling or the development of adequate controls and specifications. Once approved, the
FDA may withdraw the product approval if compliance with pre- and post-marketing requirements is not maintained or if problems occur after the product
reaches the marketplace. The FDA may require one or more Phase 4 postmarket studies and surveillance to further assess and monitor the product’s safety
and effectiveness after commercialization and may limit further marketing of the product based on the results of these post-marketing studies.
Expedited Development and Review Programs
The FDA offers a number of expedited development and review programs for qualifying product candidates. The fast track program is intended to expedite
or facilitate the process for reviewing new products that meet certain criteria. Specifically, new products are eligible for fast track designation if they are
intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the disease or condition.
Fast track designation applies to the combination of the product and the specific indication for which it is being studied. The sponsor of a fast track product
has opportunities for frequent interactions with the review team during product development and, once a BLA is submitted, the product may be eligible for
priority review. A fast track product may also be eligible for rolling review, where the FDA may consider for review sections of the BLA on a rolling basis
before the complete application is submitted, if the sponsor provides a schedule for the submission of the sections of the BLA, the FDA agrees to accept
sections of the BLA and determines that the schedule is acceptable, and the sponsor pays any required user fees upon submission of the first section of the
BLA.
27
A product intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition may also be eligible for breakthrough therapy designation to expedite its
development and review. A product can receive breakthrough therapy designation if preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the product may
demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed
early in clinical development. The designation includes all of the fast track program features, as well as more intensive FDA interaction and guidance
beginning as early as Phase 1 and an organizational commitment to expedite the development and review of the product, including involvement of senior
managers.
Any marketing application for a biologic submitted to the FDA for approval, including a product with a fast track designation and/or breakthrough therapy
designation, may be eligible for other types of FDA programs intended to expedite the FDA review and approval process, such as priority review and
accelerated approval. A product is eligible for priority review if it has the potential to provide a significant improvement in the treatment, diagnosis or
prevention of a serious disease or condition compared to marketed products. For products containing new molecular entities, priority review designation
means the FDA’s goal is to take action on the marketing application within six months of the 60-day filing date (compared with ten months under standard
review).
Additionally, products studied for their safety and effectiveness in treating serious or life-threatening diseases or conditions may receive accelerated
approval upon a determination that the product has an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit, or on a clinical
endpoint that can be measured earlier than irreversible morbidity or mortality, that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on irreversible morbidity or
mortality or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity, or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative
treatments. As a condition of accelerated approval, the FDA will generally require the sponsor to perform adequate and well-controlled post-marketing
clinical studies to verify and describe the anticipated effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit. In addition, the FDA currently
requires as a condition for accelerated approval pre-approval of promotional materials, which could adversely impact the timing of the commercial launch
of the product.
The regenerative medicine advanced therapy, or RMAT, designation is intended to facilitate an efficient development program for, and expedite review of,
any drug that meets the following criteria: (1) it qualifies as a RMAT, which is defined as a cell therapy, therapeutic tissue engineering product, human cell
and tissue product, or any combination product using such therapies or products, with limited exceptions; (2) it is intended to treat, modify, reverse, or cure
a serious or life-threatening disease or condition; and (3) preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug has the potential to address unmet medical
needs for such a disease or condition. Like breakthrough therapy designation, RMAT designation provides potential benefits that include more frequent
meetings with FDA to discuss the development plan for the product candidate and eligibility for rolling review and priority review. Products granted
RMAT designation may also be eligible for accelerated approval on the basis of a surrogate or intermediate endpoint reasonably likely to predict long-term
clinical benefit, or reliance upon data obtained from a meaningful number of sites, including through expansion to additional sites. Once approved, when
appropriate, the FDA can permit fulfillment of post-approval requirements under accelerated approval through the submission of clinical evidence, clinical
studies, patient registries, or other sources of real world evidence such as electronic health records; through the collection of larger confirmatory datasets;
or through post-approval monitoring of all patients treated with the therapy prior to approval.
Fast track designation, breakthrough therapy designation, priority review, accelerated approval, and RMAT designation do not change the standards for
approval but may expedite the development or approval process.
Orphan Drug Designation
Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan designation to a drug or biologic intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is a disease or
condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or more than 200,000 individuals in the United States for which there is no
reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making available in the United States a drug or biologic for this type of disease or condition will be
recovered from sales in the United States for that drug or biologic. Orphan drug designation must be requested before submitting a BLA. After the FDA
grants orphan drug designation, the generic identity of the therapeutic agent and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by the FDA. The orphan
drug designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review or approval process.
28
If a product that has orphan drug designation subsequently receives the first FDA approval for the disease for which it has such designation, the product is
entitled to orphan drug exclusive approval (or exclusivity), which means that the FDA may not approve any other applications, including a full BLA, to
market the same biologic for the same indication for seven years, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product
with orphan drug exclusivity. Orphan drug exclusivity does not prevent FDA from approving a different drug or biologic for the same disease or condition,
or the same drug or biologic for a different disease or condition. Among the other benefits of orphan drug designation are tax credits for certain research
and a waiver of the BLA application fee.
A designated orphan drug may not receive orphan drug exclusivity if it is approved for a use that is broader than the indication for which it received orphan
designation. In addition, exclusive marketing rights in the United States may be lost if the FDA later determines that the request for designation was
materially defective or if the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient quantities of the product to meet the needs of patients with the rare disease or
condition.
Post-Approval Requirements
Any products manufactured or distributed by us pursuant to FDA approvals are subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA, including,
among other things, requirements relating to record-keeping, reporting of adverse experiences, periodic reporting, product sampling and distribution, and
advertising and promotion of the product. After approval, most changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications or other labeling claims,
are subject to prior FDA review and approval. There also are continuing user fee requirements, under which FDA assesses an annual program fee for each
product identified in an approved BLA. Biologic manufacturers and their subcontractors are required to register their establishments with the FDA and
certain state agencies and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with cGMP, which impose
certain procedural and documentation requirements upon us and our third-party manufacturers. Changes to the manufacturing process are strictly regulated,
and, depending on the significance of the change, may require prior FDA approval before being implemented. FDA regulations also require investigation
and correction of any deviations from cGMP and impose reporting requirements upon us and any third-party manufacturers that we may decide to use.
Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain compliance with
cGMP and other aspects of regulatory compliance.
The FDA may withdraw approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product
reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or
with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety
information; imposition of post-market studies or clinical studies to assess new safety risks; or imposition of distribution restrictions or other restrictions
under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:
·
·
·
·
·
restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of a product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls;
fines, warning letters or holds on post-approval clinical studies;
refusal of the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications, or suspension or revocation of existing product
approvals;
product seizure or detention, or refusal of the FDA to permit the import or export of products; or
injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.
29
The FDA closely regulates the marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of biologics. A company can make only those claims relating to safety and
efficacy, purity and potency that are approved by the FDA and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. The FDA and other agencies
actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses. Failure to comply with these requirements can result in, among other
things, adverse publicity, warning letters, corrective advertising and potential civil and criminal penalties. Physicians may prescribe legally available
products for uses that are not described in the product’s labeling and that differ from those tested by us and approved by the FDA. Such off-label uses are
common across medical specialties. Physicians may believe that such off-label uses are the best treatment for many patients in varied circumstances. The
FDA does not regulate the behavior of physicians in their choice of treatments. The FDA does, however, restrict manufacturer’s communications on the
subject of off-label use of their products.
Biosimilars and Reference Product Exclusivity
The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, or collectively, the ACA, signed into
law in 2010, includes a subtitle called the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009, or BPCIA, which created an abbreviated approval
pathway for biological products that are biosimilar to or interchangeable with an FDA-approved reference biological product.
Biosimilarity, which requires that there be no clinically meaningful differences between the biological product and the reference product in terms of safety,
purity, and potency, can be shown through analytical studies, animal studies, and a clinical study or studies. Interchangeability requires that a product is
biosimilar to the reference product and the product must demonstrate that it can be expected to produce the same clinical results as the reference product in
any given patient and, for products that are administered multiple times to an individual, the biologic and the reference biologic may be alternated or
switched after one has been previously administered without increasing safety risks or risks of diminished efficacy relative to exclusive use of the reference
biologic. Complexities associated with the larger, and often more complex, structures of biological products, as well as the processes by which such
products are manufactured, pose significant hurdles to implementation of the abbreviated approval pathway that are still being worked out by the FDA.
Under the BPCIA, an application for a biosimilar product may not be submitted to the FDA until four years following the date that the reference product
was first licensed by the FDA. In addition, the approval of a biosimilar product may not be made effective by the FDA until 12 years from the date on
which the reference product was first licensed. During this 12-year period of exclusivity, another company may still market a competing version of the
reference product if the FDA approves a full BLA for the competing product containing that applicant’s own preclinical data and data from adequate and
well-controlled clinical trials to demonstrate the safety, purity and potency of its product. The BPCIA also created certain exclusivity periods for
biosimilars approved as interchangeable products. At this juncture, it is unclear whether products deemed “interchangeable” by the FDA will, in fact, be
readily substituted by pharmacies, which are governed by state pharmacy law.
The BPCIA is complex and continues to be interpreted and implemented by the FDA. In addition, recent government proposals have sought to reduce the
12-year reference product exclusivity period. Other aspects of the BPCIA, some of which may impact the BPCIA exclusivity provisions, have also been the
subject of recent litigation. As a result, the ultimate impact, implementation, and impact of the BPCIA is subject to significant uncertainty.
Other Healthcare Laws and Compliance Requirements
Pharmaceutical companies are subject to additional healthcare regulation and enforcement by the federal government and by authorities in the states and
foreign jurisdictions in which they conduct their business. Such laws include, without limitation: the U.S. federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits,
among other things, persons and entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying remuneration, to induce, or in return for,
either the referral of an individual, or the purchase or recommendation of an item or service for which payment may be made under any federal healthcare
program; federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalty laws, which prohibit, among other things, individuals or entities from
knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment to the federal government, including federal healthcare programs, that are false or
fraudulent; HIPAA, which created additional federal criminal statutes which prohibit, among other things, executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare
benefit program and making false statements relating to healthcare matters, and which, as amended by HITECH, also imposes certain requirements on
HIPAA covered entities and their business associates relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information; the
U.S. federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, which requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment
is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program, with specific exceptions, to annually report to the federal government,
information related to payments or other transfers of value made to physicians, as defined by such law, and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and
investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members; and U.S. state and foreign law equivalents of each of the above federal laws,
which, in some cases, differ from each other in significant ways, and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts. In addition,
certain states require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance
guidance promulgated by the federal government and certain states and local jurisdictions require the registration of pharmaceutical sales representatives. If
their operations are found to be in violation of any of such laws or any other governmental regulations that apply, they may be subject to penalties,
including, without limitation, significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, imprisonment, exclusion from
government-funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid or similar programs in other countries or jurisdictions, integrity oversight and
reporting obligations to resolve allegations of non-compliance, disgorgement, imprisonment, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits
and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations.
30
Coverage and Reimbursement
Significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of any pharmaceutical or biological product for which we obtain regulatory
approval. Sales of any product depend, in part, on the extent to which such product will be covered by third-party payors, such as federal, state, and foreign
government healthcare programs, commercial insurance and managed healthcare organizations, and the level of reimbursement for such product by third-
party payors. Decisions regarding the extent of coverage and amount of reimbursement to be provided are made on a plan-by-plan basis. For products
administered under the supervision of a physician, obtaining coverage and adequate reimbursement may be particularly difficult because of the higher
prices often associated with such drugs. Additionally, separate reimbursement for the product itself or the treatment or procedure in which the product is
used may not be available, which may impact physician utilization.
In addition, the U.S. government, state legislatures and foreign governments have continued implementing cost-containment programs, including price
controls, restrictions on coverage and reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products. Third-party payors are increasingly challenging
the prices charged for medical products and services, examining the medical necessity and reviewing the cost effectiveness of pharmaceutical or biological
products, medical devices and medical services, in addition to questioning safety and efficacy. Adoption of price controls and cost-containment measures,
and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could further limit sales of any product. Decreases in third-
party reimbursement for any product or a decision by a third-party payor not to cover a product could reduce physician usage and patient demand for the
product. No regulatory authority has granted approval for a personalized cancer immunotherapy based on a vaccine approach, and there is no model for
reimbursement of this type of product.
Healthcare Reform
The United States and some foreign jurisdictions are considering or have enacted a number of reform proposals to change the healthcare system. There is
significant interest in promoting changes in healthcare systems with the stated goals of containing healthcare costs, improving quality or expanding access.
In the United States, the pharmaceutical industry has been a particular focus of these efforts and has been significantly affected by federal and state
legislative initiatives, including those designed to limit the pricing, coverage, and reimbursement of pharmaceutical and biopharmaceutical products,
especially under government-funded health care programs, and increased governmental control of drug pricing.
In March 2010, the ACA was signed into law, which substantially changed the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers in the
United States, and significantly affected the pharmaceutical industry. The ACA contained a number of provisions of particular importance to the
pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries, including, but not limited to, those governing enrollment in federal healthcare programs, a new methodology
by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or
injected, and annual fees based on pharmaceutical companies’ share of sales to federal health care programs. There remain judicial and Congressional
challenges to certain aspects of the ACA, and we expect there will be additional challenges and amendments to the ACA in the future. For example, the
Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was enacted, which, among other things, removed penalties for not complying with ACA’s individual mandate to carry health
insurance. In addition, the 2020 federal spending package permanently eliminated, effective January 1, 2020, the ACA-mandated “Cadillac” tax on high-
cost employer-sponsored health coverage and medical device tax and, effective January 1, 2021, also eliminates the health insurer tax. On December 14,
2018, a Texas U.S. District Court Judge ruled that the ACA is unconstitutional in its entirety because the individual mandate was repealed by Congress as
part of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. Additionally, on December 18, 2019, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the 5th Circuit upheld the District Court ruling that
the individual mandate was unconstitutional and remanded the case back to the District Court to determine whether the remaining provisions of the ACA
are invalid as well. It is unclear how this decision, future decisions, subsequent appeals, and other efforts to repeal and replace the ACA will impact the
ACA and our business.
31
Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted, including aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers
of 2% per fiscal year and reduced payments to several types of Medicare providers. Moreover, there has recently been heightened governmental scrutiny
over the manner in which manufacturers set prices for their marketed products, which has resulted in several Congressional inquiries and proposed and
enacted federal and state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to product pricing, review the relationship between pricing
and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drug products. At the federal level, the Trump
administration’s budget proposal for fiscal year 2020 contains further drug price control measures that could be enacted during the budget process or in
other future legislation, including, for example, measures to permit Medicare Part D plans to negotiate the price of certain drugs under Medicare Part B, to
allow some states to negotiate drug prices under Medicaid, and to eliminate cost sharing for generic drugs for low-income patients. Further, the Trump
administration released a “Blueprint”, or plan, to lower drug prices and reduce out of pocket costs of drugs that contains additional proposals to increase
drug manufacturer competition, increase the negotiating power of certain federal healthcare programs, incentivize manufacturers to lower the list price of
their products, and reduce the out of pocket costs of drug products paid by consumers. The Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, has
solicited feedback on some of these measures and has implemented others under its existing authority. While some measures may require additional
authorization to become effective, Congress and the Trump administration have each indicated that it will continue to seek new legislative and/or
administrative measures to control drug costs. At the state level, legislatures have increasingly passed legislation and implemented regulations designed to
control pharmaceutical product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and
marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing.
Product Liability and Insurance
We face an inherent risk of product liability as a result of the clinical testing of our product candidates and will face an even greater risk if we
commercialize any products. We have not experienced any product liability claims to date. We currently carry products and clinical trial liability insurance
policies. There can be no assurance that liability claims will not exceed such insurance coverage limits, which could have a materially adverse effect on our
business, financial condition or results of operations or that such insurance will continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.
Human Resources
Employees
As of December 31, 2019, we had 28 full-time employees. There were 18 in research, development and clinical and 10 were in finance, legal, human
resources or administrative support. None of our employees is subject to a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relationship with our
employees to be good.
Consultants
We have consulting agreements with a number of leading academic scientists, clinicians and regulatory experts. They serve as important contacts for us
throughout the broader scientific and clinical communities. They are distinguished individuals with expertise in numerous fields, including cellular biology,
molecular biology, oncology, clinical, manufacturing and regulatory.
We retain each consultant according to the terms of a consulting agreement. Under such agreements, we pay them a consulting fee and reimburse them for
out-of-pocket expenses incurred in performing their services for us. In addition, some consultants hold options to purchase our common stock, subject to
the vesting requirements contained in separate award agreements. Our consultants may be employed by other entities and therefore may have commitments
to their employer or may have other consulting or advisory agreements that may limit their availability to us.
Available Information
Our website is located at www.markertherapeutics.com. We make available free of charge on our website our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly
reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file or
furnish such materials to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Our website and the information contained therein or connected thereto are not
intended to be incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
32
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below before making an investment
decision in our securities. These risk factors are effective as of the date of this Form 10-K and shall be deemed to be modified or superseded to the extent
that a statement contained in our future filings modifies or replaces such statement. All of these risks may impair our business operations. The forward-
looking statements in this Form 10-K involve risks and uncertainties and actual results may differ materially from the results we discuss in the forward-
looking statements. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely
affected. In that case, the trading price of our stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.
We are a development stage company with a history of operating losses.
Risks Related to our Business and Intellectual Property
We are a clinical-stage immunotherapy company with a history of losses, and we may always operate at a loss. We expect that we will continue to operate
at a loss throughout our development stage, and as a result, we may exhaust our financial resources and be unable to complete the development of our
product candidates. We anticipate that our ongoing operational costs will increase significantly as we continue conducting our clinical development
program. Our deficit will continue to grow during our drug development period. We have no sources of revenue to provide incoming cash flows to sustain
our future operations. As outlined above, our ability to pursue our planned business activities depends upon our successful efforts to raise additional
financing.
We have sustained losses from operations in each fiscal year since our inception, and we expect losses to continue for the indefinite future due to the
substantial investment in research and development. As of December 31, 2019, we had an accumulated deficit of $327.5 million since inception. We expect
to spend substantial additional sums on the continued administration and research and development of licensed and proprietary product candidates and
technologies with no certainty that our approach and associated technologies will become commercially viable or profitable as a result of these
expenditures. If we fail to raise a significant amount of capital, we may need to significantly curtail operations, allocate limited financial resources among
our product candidates, or cease operations in the near future. If any of our product candidates fail in clinical trials or do not gain regulatory approval, we
may never generate revenue. Even if we generate revenue in the future, we may not be able to become profitable or sustain profitability in subsequent
periods.
Our future success is highly dependent upon our key personnel, and our ability to attract, retain, and motivate additional qualified personnel.
Our ability to compete in the highly competitive biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries depends upon our ability to attract and retain highly qualified
managerial, scientific, and medical personnel. We are highly dependent on our management, scientific, and medical personnel and consultants, including
Peter Hoang, our President and Chief Executive Officer, Juan Vera, M.D., our Chief Development Officer, and Mythili Koneru, M.D., Ph.D. our Chief
Medical Officer as well as others. The loss of the services of any of our executive officers, other key employees, and other scientific and medical advisors,
and our inability to find suitable replacements could result in delays in product development and harm to our business. We have a priority to quickly train
additional qualified scientific and medical personnel to ensure the ability to maintain business continuity. Any delays in training such personnel could delay
the development, manufacture, and clinical trials of our product candidates.
Our ability to attract and retain highly skilled personnel is critical to our operations and expansion. We face competition for these types of personnel from
other biotechnology companies and more established organizations, many of which have significantly larger operations and greater financial, technical,
human and other resources than us. We may not be successful in attracting and retaining qualified personnel on a timely basis, on competitive terms, or at
all. If we are not successful in attracting and retaining these personnel, or integrating them into our operations, our business, prospects, financial condition
and results of operations will be materially adversely affected. In such circumstances, we may be unable to conduct certain research and development
programs, unable to adequately manage our clinical trials and development of our product candidates, and unable to adequately address our management
needs.
33
Our strategic relationship with Baylor College of Medicine, or BCM, is dependent, in part, upon our relationship with key medical and scientific
personnel and advisors.
Our MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy has been developed through our collaboration with the Center for Cell and Gene Therapy at BCM, founded by
Malcolm K. Brenner, M.D., Ph.D., a recognized pioneer in immuno-oncology. In addition to Dr. Brenner, Our founders include Juan Vera, M.D., Ann Leen,
Ph.D., Helen Heslop, M.D., DSc (Hon) and Cliona Rooney, Ph.D., who all have significant experience in this field and are all affiliated with the Center for
Cell and Gene Therapy at BCM. Dr. Vera is our Chief Development Officer. In addition, Dr. Brenner, Dr. Heslop and Dr. Rooney have joined our Scientific
Advisory Board.
Our strategic relationship with BCM is dependent, in part, on our relationship with these key employees and advisors, and in particular Dr. Vera, who is
also employed with the Center for Cell and Gene Therapy at BCM. If we lose Dr. Vera, or if he leaves his position at BCM, our relationship with BCM may
deteriorate, and our business could be harmed.
We, and certain of our key medical and scientific personnel, will need additional agreements in place with BCM to expand our development,
manufacture, and clinical trial efforts.
Although we have an exclusive license agreement with BCM under which we received a worldwide, exclusive license to BCM’s rights in and to three
patent families to develop and commercialize the MultiTAA-specific T cell product candidates, we will need to enter into additional agreements with BCM
with respect to (i) a strategic alliance to advance pre-clinical research, early stage clinical trials, and Phase 2 clinical trials with respect to our product
candidates, as well as continued access to our clinical data, and (ii) product manufacturing and support, including personnel and space at the institution for
the foreseeable future. Any delays in entering into new strategic agreements with BCM related to our product candidates could delay the development,
manufacture, and clinical trials of our product candidates.
The multiple roles of certain of Dr. Vera, our Chief Development Officer, and John Wilson, our director, could limit their time and availability to us,
and create, or appear to create, conflicts of interest.
Dr. Vera is a co-founder and member of Allovir Inc., or Allovir. Allovir is owned by the same principal stockholder group as us prior to our merger with
TapImmune, Inc. and has technology which is being developed under a license agreement with BCM by the same research group at BCM. Allovir is a
clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company that is investigating and developing virus-specific T cell therapy technology for the prevention and/or treatment
of viral infections. Accordingly, Dr. Vera may have other commitments that would, at times, limit his availability to us. Other research being conducted by
Dr. Vera may, at times, receive higher priority than research on our programs, which may, in turn, delay the development or commercialization of our
product candidates.
In addition, John Wilson is a co-founder, member and director of Allovir and is a director of our company. Both of these individuals have certain fiduciary
or other obligations to us and certain fiduciary or other obligations to Allovir and, in the case of Dr. Vera to BCM. Such multiple obligations may in the
future result in a conflict of interest with respect to presenting other potential business opportunities to us or to Allovir. A conflict of interest also may arise
concerning the timing of the parties’ planned and ongoing clinical trials, investigational new drug application filings and the parties’ opportunities for
marketing their respective product candidates. In addition, they may be faced with decisions that could have different implications for us than for Allovir.
Consequently, there is no assurance that these members of our board and management will always act in our best interests in all situations should a conflict
arise.
We have not yet sold any products or received regulatory approval to sell any product candidates.
We have no approved products or product candidates pending approval. As a result, we have not derived any revenue from the sales of products and have
not yet demonstrated ability to obtain regulatory approval, formulate and manufacture commercial-scale products, or conduct sales and marketing activities
necessary for successful product commercialization. Without revenue, we can only finance our operations through debt and equity financings.
34
Product development involves a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome, and results of earlier pre-clinical and clinical trials may not
be predictive of future clinical trial results.
Clinical testing is expensive and generally takes many years to complete, and the outcome is inherently uncertain. Failure can occur at any time during the
clinical trial process. The results of pre-clinical testing and early clinical trials of our product candidates may not be predictive of the results of larger, later-
stage controlled clinical trials. Product candidates that have shown promising results in early-stage clinical trials may still suffer significant setbacks in
subsequent clinical trials. Our clinical trials to date have been conducted on a small number of patients in a single academic clinical site for a limited
number of indications. We will have to conduct larger, well-controlled trials in our proposed indications at multiple sites to verify the results obtained to
date and to support any regulatory submissions for further clinical development of our product candidates. Our assumptions related to our product
candidates, such as with respect to lack of toxicity and manufacturing cost estimates, are based on early limited clinical trials and current manufacturing
processes at BCM and may prove to be incorrect. In addition, the initial estimates of the clinical cost of development may prove to be inadequate,
particularly if clinical trial timing or outcome is different than predicted or regulatory agencies require further testing before approval. A number of
companies in the biopharmaceutical industry have suffered significant setbacks in advanced clinical trials due to lack of efficacy or adverse safety profiles
despite promising results in earlier, smaller clinical trials. Moreover, clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses. We do not
know whether any Phase 2, Phase 3, or other clinical trials we may conduct will demonstrate consistent or adequate efficacy and safety with respect to the
proposed indication for use sufficient to receive regulatory approval or market our product candidates.
The biotechnology and immunotherapy industries are characterized by rapid technological developments and a high degree of competition. We may be
unable to compete with more substantial enterprises.
The biotechnology and biopharmaceutical industries are characterized by rapid technological developments and a high degree of competition. As a result,
our actual or proposed immunotherapies could become obsolete before we recoup any portion of our related research and development and
commercialization expenses. Competition in the biopharmaceutical industry is based significantly on scientific and technological factors. These factors
include the availability of patent and other protection for technology and products, the ability to commercialize technological developments and the ability
to obtain governmental approval for testing, manufacturing and marketing. We compete with specialized biopharmaceutical firms in the United States,
Europe and elsewhere, as well as a growing number of large pharmaceutical companies that are applying biotechnology to their operations. Many
biopharmaceutical companies have focused their development efforts in the human therapeutics area, including cancer. Many major pharmaceutical
companies have developed or acquired internal biotechnology capabilities or made commercial arrangements with other biopharmaceutical companies.
These companies, as well as academic institutions, governmental agencies and private research organizations, also compete with us in recruiting and
retaining highly qualified scientific personnel and consultants. Our ability to compete successfully with other companies in the pharmaceutical field will
also depend to a considerable degree on the continuing availability of capital to us.
We are aware of certain investigational new drugs under development or approved products by competitors that are used for the prevention, diagnosis, or
treatment of certain diseases we have targeted for drug development. Various companies are developing biopharmaceutical products that have the potential
to directly compete with our immunotherapies even though their approach may be different. The competition comes from both biotechnology firms and
from major pharmaceutical companies. Many of these companies have substantially greater financial, marketing, and human resources than us. We also
experience competition in the development of our immunotherapies from universities, other research institutions and others in acquiring technology from
such universities and institutions.
In addition, certain of our immunotherapies may be subject to competition from investigational new drugs and/or products developed using other
technologies, some of which have completed numerous clinical trials.
We are subject to numerous risks inherent in conducting clinical trials.
We outsource some of the management of our clinical trials to third parties. Agreements with clinical investigators and medical institutions for clinical
testing and with other third parties for data management services, place substantial responsibilities on these parties that, if unmet, could result in delays in,
or termination of, our clinical trials. If any of our clinical trial sites fail to comply with FDA-approved good clinical practices, we may be unable to use the
data gathered at those sites. If these clinical investigators, medical institutions or other third parties do not carry out their contractual duties or obligations
or fail to meet expected deadlines, or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to their failure to adhere to our clinical
protocols or for other reasons, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated, and we may be unable to obtain regulatory approval for, or
successfully commercialize, agents. We cannot be certain that we will successfully recruit enough patients to complete our clinical trials nor that we will
reach our primary endpoints. Delays in recruitment, lack of clinical benefit or unacceptable side effects would delay our clinical trials.
35
We, or our regulators, may suspend or terminate our clinical trials for a variety of reasons. For example, in the fourth quarter of 2019, the FDA placed a
clinical hold on our IND with respect to our MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy for the treatment of patients with post-transplant AML. The FDA requested
additional information regarding certain quality and technical specifications for two reagents supplied by third party vendors that are used in our
manufacturing process but not present in the final product infused to patients. In February 2020, we announced that the FDA lifted the clinical hold,
permitting us to initiate a Phase 2 clinical trial with a safety lead-in portion but placed a partial clinical hold on the trial for the use of the MultiTAA-
specific T cell product manufactured using one of the reagents supplied by the alternative supplier until the final data and certificate of analysis for the
reagent are reviewed and accepted by the FDA. We currently estimate that the alternative supplier will deliver the final reagent, along with the final data
and certificate of analysis required by the FDA, by the end of the second quarter of 2020, thereby satisfying the requirements for lifting the partial hold on
the clinical trial. However, FDA may not agree that our response addresses all of their concerns and the clinical hold may remain in place and further delay
the initiation of the trial.
We may voluntarily suspend or terminate our clinical trials at any time if we believe they present an unacceptable risk to the patients enrolled in our clinical
trials or do not demonstrate clinical benefit. For example, in November 2019 we elected to suspend our Phase 2 clinical trial of TPIV200 for the treatment
of platinum-sensitive advanced ovarian cancer based on an unblinded review of interim results conducted by an independent Data and Safety Monitoring
Board, or DSMB. Although the DSMB did not express any safety concerns with respect to TPIV200, we elected to suspend the trial because it did not meet
the threshold for probability of clinical benefit based upon our pre-specified criteria. In addition, regulatory agencies may order the temporary or permanent
discontinuation of our clinical trials at any time if they believe that the clinical trials are not being conducted in accordance with applicable regulatory
requirements or that they present an unacceptable safety risk to the patients enrolled in our clinical trials.
Our clinical trial operations are subject to regulatory inspections at any time. If regulatory inspectors conclude that we or our clinical trial sites are not in
compliance with applicable regulatory requirements for conducting clinical trials, we may receive reports of observations or warning letters detailing
deficiencies, and we will be required to implement corrective actions. If regulatory agencies deem our responses to be inadequate, or are dissatisfied with
the corrective actions we or our clinical trial sites have implemented, our clinical trials may be temporarily or permanently discontinued, and we may be
fined, we or our investigators may be precluded from conducting any ongoing or any future clinical trials, the government may refuse to approve our
marketing applications or allow us to manufacture or market our products, and we may be criminally prosecuted. The lengthy approval process, as well as
the unpredictability of future clinical trial results, may result in us failing to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, which would materially
harm our business, results of operations and prospects.
The successful development of immunotherapies is highly uncertain.
Successful development of biopharmaceuticals is highly uncertain and depends on numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control.
Immunotherapies that appear promising in the early phases of development may fail to reach the market for several reasons including:
·
·
clinical study results that may show the immunotherapy to be less effective than expected (e.g., the study failed to meet its primary endpoint)
or to have unacceptable side effects;
failure to receive the necessary regulatory approvals or a delay in receiving such approvals. Among other things, such delays may be caused
by slow enrollment in clinical studies, length of time to achieve study endpoints, additional time requirements for data analysis, or BLA
preparation, discussions with the FDA, an FDA request for additional preclinical or clinical data, or unexpected safety or manufacturing
issues;
36
· manufacturing costs, formulation issues, pricing or reimbursement issues, or other factors that make the immunotherapy uneconomical; and
·
the proprietary rights of others and their competing products and technologies that may prevent the immunotherapy from being
commercialized.
Success in preclinical and early clinical studies does not ensure that large-scale clinical trials will be successful. Clinical results are frequently susceptible
to varying interpretations that may delay, limit or prevent regulatory approvals. The length of time necessary to complete clinical studies and to submit an
application for marketing approval for a final decision by a regulatory authority varies significantly from one immunotherapy to the next and may be
difficult to predict.
Even if we are successful in getting market approval, commercial success of any of our product candidates will also depend in large part on the availability
of coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors, including government payors such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs and managed
care organizations, which may be affected by existing and future health care reform measures designed to reduce the cost of health care. Third-party payors
could require us to conduct additional studies, including post-marketing studies related to the cost effectiveness of a product, to qualify for reimbursement,
which could be costly and divert our resources. If government and other health care payors were not to provide adequate coverage and reimbursement
levels for any of our products if approved, market acceptance and commercial success would be reduced.
In addition, if one of our products is approved for marketing, we will be subject to significant regulatory obligations regarding the submission of safety and
other post-marketing information and reports and registration, and will need to continue to comply (or ensure that our third-party providers comply) with
current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMPs, and current Good Clinical Practices or cGCPs for any clinical trials that we conduct post-approval. In
addition, there is always the risk that we or a regulatory authority might identify previously unknown problems with a product post-approval, such as
adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency. Compliance with these requirements is costly, and any failure to comply or other issues with our
product candidates’ post-market approval could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
It may take longer and cost more to complete our clinical trials than we project, or we may not be able to complete them at all.
For budgeting and planning purposes, we have projected the dates for the commencement, continuation, and completion of our various clinical trials.
However, a number of factors, including scheduling conflicts with participating clinicians and clinical institutions, difficulties in identifying and enrolling
patients who meet trial eligibility criteria, and competition for such eligible patents from other clinical trials, may cause significant delays. We may not
commence or complete clinical trials involving any of our product candidates as projected or may not conduct them successfully.
For example, the FDA placed a partial clinical hold on our Phase 2 trial in post-transplant AML for the use of the MultiTAA-specific T cell product
manufactured using one of the reagents supplied by the alternative supplier until the final data and certificate of analysis for the reagent are reviewed and
accepted by the FDA. While we currently estimate that the alternative supplier will deliver the final reagent, along with the final data and certificate of
analysis required by the FDA, by the end of the second quarter of 2020, and that we will complete enrollment of the first three patients and submission of
the final technical specifications and comparability data of the new reagents to the FDA during the second half of 2020, thereby satisfying the requirements
for lifting the partial hold on the clinical trial, we cannot guarantee that we will be timely, or successful, in doing so. If we are unable to satisfy the FDA’s
requirements to lift the partial hold, we will be delayed in commencing our Phase 2 trial.
37
We may experience difficulties in patient enrollment in our future clinical trials for a variety of reasons. The timely completion of clinical trials in
accordance with their protocols depends, among other things, on our ability to enroll a sufficient number of patients who remain in the study until its
conclusion. In addition, our clinical trials will compete with other clinical trials for product candidates that are in the same therapeutic areas as our product
candidates, and this competition will reduce the number and types of patients available to us, because some patients who might have opted to enroll in our
trials may instead opt to enroll in a trial being conducted by one of our competitors. Accordingly, we cannot guarantee that our clinical trials will progress
as planned or as scheduled. Delays in patient enrollment may result in increased costs or may affect the timing or outcome of our ongoing clinical trial and
planned clinical trials, which could prevent completion of these trials and adversely affect our ability to advance the development of our product
candidates.
We rely on medical institutions, academic institutions, and clinical research organizations to conduct, supervise, or monitor some or all aspects of clinical
trials involving our product candidates. We may have less control over the timing and other aspects of these clinical trials than if we conducted them
entirely on our own. If we fail to commence or complete, or experiences delays in, any of our planned clinical trials, we may experience delays in our
clinical development and/or commercialization plans.
In particular, while BCM will continue to support our trials with production of MultiTAA-specific T cells under contract, we anticipate that we will have to
rely on contract manufacturing organizations or CMOs or internal facilities yet to be developed for the commercial manufacture of our multi-antigen
specific T cell therapy product candidates for clinical trials and eventual licensure. If they fail to commence or complete, or experience delays in,
manufacturing our multi-antigen specific T cell therapy product candidates, our planned clinical trials with respect to such product candidates will be
delayed, and we may experience delays in our clinical development and/or commercialization plans.
Clinical trials are expensive, time-consuming, and difficult to design and implement, and our clinical trial costs may be higher than for more
conventional therapeutic technologies or drug products.
Clinical trials are expensive and difficult to design and implement, in part because they are subject to rigorous regulatory requirements. Because our
product candidates are based on new technologies and manufactured on a patient-by-patient basis for our MultiTAA-specific T cell product candidates we
expect that they will require extensive research and development and have substantial manufacturing costs. In addition, costs to treat patients with
relapsed/refractory cancer and to treat potential side effects that may result from our product candidates can be significant. Some clinical trial sites may not
bill, or obtain coverage from, Medicare, Medicaid, or other third-party payors for some or all of these costs for patients enrolled in our clinical trials, and
we may be required by those trial sites to pay such costs. Accordingly, our clinical trial costs may be significantly higher per patient than those of more
conventional therapeutic technologies or drug products. In addition, our proposed personalized product candidates involve several complex manufacturing
and processing steps, the costs of which will be borne by us. Depending on the number of patients we ultimately enroll in our trials, and the number of
trials we may need to conduct, our overall clinical trial costs may be higher than for more conventional treatments.
Our clinical trials may fail to demonstrate adequately the safety and efficacy of our product candidates, which would prevent or delay regulatory
approval and commercialization.
The clinical trials of our product candidates are, and the manufacturing and marketing of any approved products will be, subject to extensive and rigorous
review and regulation by numerous government authorities in the United States and in other countries where we intend to test and market our product
candidates. Before obtaining regulatory approvals for the commercial sale of any of our product candidates, we must demonstrate through lengthy,
complex, and expensive preclinical testing and clinical trials that our product candidates are both safe and effective for use in each target indication. In
particular, because our product candidates are subject to regulation as biological drug products, we will need to demonstrate that they are safe, pure and
potent for use in their target indications. Each product candidate must demonstrate an adequate risk versus benefit profile in its intended patient population
and for its intended use. The risk/benefit profile required for product licensure will vary depending on these factors and may include not only the ability to
show tumor shrinkage, but also adequate duration of response, a delay in the progression of the disease, and/or an improvement in survival. For example,
response rates from the use of our product candidates may not be sufficient to obtain regulatory approval unless we can also show an adequate duration of
response. Clinical testing is expensive and can take many years to complete, and its outcome is inherently uncertain. Failure can occur at any time during
the clinical trial process. The results of preclinical studies and early clinical trials of our product candidates may not be predictive of the results of later-
stage clinical trials. The results of studies in one set of patients or line of treatment may not be predictive of those obtained in another. In addition, we
expect that there may be greater variability in results for products processed and administered on a patient-by-patient basis, as anticipated for our
MultiTAA-specific T cell product candidates, than for “off-the-shelf” products, like many other drugs. There is typically an extremely high rate of attrition
from the failure of product candidates proceeding through clinical trials. Product candidates in later stages of clinical trials may fail to show the desired
safety and efficacy profile despite having progressed through preclinical studies and initial clinical trials. A number of companies in the biopharmaceutical
industry have suffered significant setbacks in advanced clinical trials due to lack of efficacy or unacceptable safety issues, notwithstanding promising
results in earlier trials. Most product candidates that begin clinical trials are never approved by regulatory authorities for commercialization.
38
In addition, even if such trials are successfully completed, we cannot guarantee that the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities will interpret the results as
we do, and more trials could be required before we submit our product candidates for approval. To the extent that the results of the trials are not satisfactory
to the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities for support of a marketing application, we may be required to expend significant resources, which may not be
available to us, to conduct additional trials in support of potential approval of our product candidates.
Our product candidates may cause undesirable side effects or have other properties that could halt their clinical development, prevent their regulatory
approval, limit their commercial potential, or result in significant negative consequences.
Undesirable side effects caused by our product candidates could cause us or regulatory authorities to interrupt, delay, or halt clinical trials and could result
in a more restrictive label or the delay or denial of regulatory approval by the FDA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities. Results of our trials
could reveal a high and unacceptable severity and prevalence of side effects or unexpected characteristics.
If unacceptable toxicities arise in the development of our product candidates, we or the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities could order us to
cease clinical trials or deny approval of our product candidates for any or all targeted indications. Treatment-related side effects could also affect patient
recruitment or the ability of enrolled subjects to complete the trial or result in potential product liability claims. In addition, these side effects may not be
appropriately recognized or managed by the treating medical staff, as toxicities resulting from personalized cell therapy, as with our MultiTAA-specific T
cell therapy products, are not normally encountered in the general patient population and by medical personnel. Any of these occurrences may harm our
business, financial condition and prospects significantly.
Our MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy research and development efforts are to a large extent dependent upon BCM’s investigators.
It will take time to fully develop our research and development infrastructure. While we are conducting some research and development activities
internally, we currently depend upon and will continue to depend upon independent investigators and collaborators, such as BCM, and which in the future
may include other universities, medical institutions, and strategic partners, to conduct our preclinical studies and clinical trials. If we need to enter into
alternative arrangements, our product development activities would be delayed. Agreements with such third parties might terminate for a variety of reasons,
including a failure to perform by the third parties.
We expect to use the results of BCM’s research to support the filing with the FDA of IND applications to conduct more advanced clinical trials of our
product candidates. However, we have limited control over the nature or timing of BCM’s clinical trials and limited visibility into their day-to-day
activities. The research we are funding constitutes only a small portion of BCM’s overall research. Other research being conducted by Dr. Ann Leen and
Dr. Juan Vera may at times receive higher priority than research on our programs. These factors could adversely affect the timing of our IND filings and our
ability to conduct future planned clinical trials.
39
We will be unable to seek regulatory approval of or commercialize our products if our trials are not successful.
Our research and development programs are at an early stage. We must demonstrate our products’ safety and efficacy in humans through extensive clinical
testing. We may experience numerous unforeseen events during, or as a result of, the testing process that could delay or prevent commercialization of our
products, including but not limited to the following:
·
·
·
·
safety and efficacy results in various human clinical trials reported in scientific and medical literature may not be indicative of results we
obtain in our clinical trials;
after reviewing trial results, we or our collaborators may abandon product candidates that we might previously have believed to be promising;
we, our collaborators or regulators, may suspend or terminate clinical trials if the participating subjects or patients are being exposed to
unacceptable health risks; and
the effects our potential product candidates have may not be the desired effects or may include undesirable side effects or other characteristics
that preclude regulatory approval or limit their commercial use if approved.
Clinical testing is very expensive, can take many years, and the outcome is uncertain. For example, it can take as much as 12 months or more before we
learn the results from any clinical trial using our MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy. The data collected from our clinical trials may not be sufficient to
support approval by the FDA of our MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy-based product candidates for the treatment of hematological malignancies. The
clinical trials for our product candidates under development may not be completed on schedule and the FDA may not ultimately approve any of our product
candidates for commercial sale. If we fail to adequately demonstrate the safety and efficacy of any product candidate under development, we may not
receive regulatory approval for those product candidates, which would prevent us from generating revenues or achieving profitability.
We may not be able to expand our manufacturing processes to other third-party manufacturing facilities or successfully create our own manufacturing
infrastructure for supply of our requirements of product candidates for use in clinical trials and for commercial sale.
We do not own any facility that may be used as our clinical-scale manufacturing and processing facility. We currently rely on third-party Contract
Manufacturing Organizations, or CMOs, for manufacture of our vaccine product candidates. For 2020, we anticipate that we will initially rely solely on the
cGMP manufacturing facility within BCM for the manufacturing of our MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy-based product candidates. If the cGMP
manufacturing facility of BCM, which does manufacture for itself and other parties, experiences capacity constraints, disruptions, or delays in
manufacturing our MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy-based product candidates, our planned clinical trials and necessary manufacturing capabilities will be
disrupted or delayed, which will adversely affect our ability to conduct and further develop our business as currently planned. Further, the cGMP
manufacturing facility is most likely too small to conduct the pivotal clinical studies being planned by us, so we will need to develop our own cGMP
manufacturing capacity that will be adequate for such clinical trials with respect to our MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy-based product candidates.
In 2020, we intend to begin developing additional cGMP manufacturing capacity of our own that would be capable of supporting our manufacturing needs
with respect to our clinical trials, particularly with respect to pivotal studies. We intend to begin a process technology transfer to develop in-house
manufacturing capabilities in 2021. Establishment of our own manufacturing facility is subject to many risks. For example, the establishment of a cell-
therapy manufacturing facility is a complex endeavor requiring knowledgeable individuals. Creating an internal manufacturing infrastructure will rely upon
building out a complex facility and finding personnel with an appropriate background and training to staff and operate the facility. Should we be unable to
find these individuals, we may need to rely on external contractors or train additional personnel to fill needed roles. There are a small number of individuals
with experience in cell therapy, and the competition for these individuals is high.
We expect that the development of our own manufacturing facility will provide us with enhanced control of material supply for both clinical trials and the
commercial market, enable the more rapid implementation of process changes, and allow for better long-term margins. However, we do not have extensive
experience in developing a manufacturing facility and may never be successful in developing our own manufacturing facility or capability. We may
establish multiple manufacturing facilities as we expand our commercial footprint to multiple geographies, which may lead to regulatory delays or prove
costly. Even if we are successful, our manufacturing capabilities could be affected by cost-overruns, unexpected delays, equipment failures, labor shortages,
natural disasters, power failures, transportation difficulties and numerous other factors that could prevent us from realizing the intended benefits of our
manufacturing strategy and have a material adverse effect on our clinical development and/or commercialization plans.
40
In addition, the manufacturing process for any product candidates that we may develop is subject to the FDA and foreign regulatory authority approval
process, and we will need to contract with manufacturers who can meet all applicable FDA and foreign regulatory authority requirements on an ongoing
basis. If we or our CMOs are unable to reliably produce products to specifications acceptable to the FDA, or other regulatory authorities, we may not obtain
or maintain the approvals we need to commercialize any approved products. Even if we obtain regulatory approval for any of our product candidates, there
is no assurance that either we or our CMOs will be able to manufacture the approved product to specifications acceptable to the FDA or other regulatory
authorities, to produce it in sufficient quantities to meet the requirements for the potential launch of the product, or to meet potential future demand. Any of
these challenges could delay completion of clinical trials, require bridging clinical trials or the repetition of one or more clinical trials, increase clinical trial
costs, delay approval of our product candidate, impair commercialization efforts, increase our cost of goods, and have an adverse effect on our clinical
development and/or commercialization plans.
Whether we engage additional CMOs to manufacture our product candidates or establish our own manufacturing facility, in order to transfer our
MultiTAA-specific T cell manufacturing from or expand our manufacturing capabilities beyond BCM pursuant to our development plans, we will need
access to the standard operating procedures and the specific batch production records that are used to manufacture the product candidates. If BCM does not
support the transfer of our manufacturing processes or impedes our ability to transfer the manufacturing processes of its product candidates to us, our
planned clinical trials and additional necessary manufacturing capabilities will be delayed, which will adversely affect our ability to conduct and further
develop our business as currently planned.
We will be dependent on third-party vendors to design, build, maintain and support our manufacturing and cell processing facilities.
As a result of our strategy to outsource our manufacturing, we will rely very heavily on BCM and other third-party manufacturers to perform the
manufacturing of our product candidates for our clinical trials. We license our technology from others. We intend to rely on our contract manufacturers to
produce large quantities of materials needed for clinical trials and potential product commercialization. Third-party manufacturers may not be able to meet
our needs concerning timing, quantity, or quality. If we are unable to contract for a sufficient supply of needed materials on acceptable terms, or if we
should encounter delays or difficulties in our relationships with manufacturers, our clinical trials may be delayed, thereby delaying the submission of
product candidates for regulatory approval or the market introduction and subsequent sales of any approved products. Any such delay may lower our
revenues and potential profitability. If any third party breaches or terminates its agreement with us or fails to conduct its activities in a timely manner, the
commercialization of our product candidates could be slowed down or blocked completely. It is possible that third parties relied upon by us will change
their strategic focus, pursue alternative technologies, or develop alternative product candidates, either on their own or in collaboration with others, as a
means for developing treatments for the diseases targeted by our collaborative programs, or for other reasons. The effectiveness of these third parties in
marketing their own products may also affect our revenues and earnings.
We intend to continue to enter into additional third-party agreements in the future. However, we may not be able to negotiate any additional agreements
successfully. Even if established, these relationships may not be scientifically or commercially successful.
Our manufacturing process is reliant upon the specialized equipment, and other specialty materials, which may not be available to us on acceptable
terms or at all. For some of this equipment and materials, we rely or may rely on sole-source vendors or a limited number of vendors, which could
impair our ability to manufacture and supply our product candidates.
We will depend on a limited number of vendors for supply of certain materials and equipment used in the manufacture of our MultiTAA-specific T cell
therapy-based product candidates. For example, we will purchase equipment and reagents critical for the manufacture of our product candidates from
Wilson Wolf (a company controlled by our director John Wilson), JPT Peptide Technologies and other suppliers. Some of our suppliers may not have the
capacity to support commercial products manufactured under cGMP by biopharmaceutical firms or may otherwise be ill-equipped to support our needs. We
also may not have supply contracts with many of these suppliers and may not be able to obtain supply contracts with them on acceptable terms or at all.
Accordingly, we may not be able to obtain key materials and equipment to support clinical or commercial manufacturing.
41
For some of this equipment and materials, we may rely, and may now and/or in the future rely, on sole-source vendors or a limited number of vendors. An
inability to continue to source product from any of these suppliers, which could be due to regulatory actions or requirements affecting the supplier, adverse
financial, or other strategic developments experienced by a supplier, labor disputes or shortages, unexpected demands, or quality issues, could adversely
affect our ability to satisfy demand for our product candidates, which could adversely and materially affect our operating results or our ability to conduct
clinical trials, either of which could significantly harm our business.
As we continue to develop and scale our manufacturing process, we may need to obtain rights to and supplies of specific materials and equipment to be
used as part of that process. For example, our MultiTAA-specific T cell manufacturing process is based, in part, upon the G-Rex® cell culture device
manufactured by Wilson Wolf, which is used by many cell therapy developers, both in commercial and academic settings. Although we do hold the license
to patents from BCM that could be used to prevent third parties from developing similar and competing processes, we do not own any exclusive rights to
the G-Rex®. We may not be able to obtain rights to such materials and equipment on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, and if we are unable to alter
our process in a commercially viable manner to avoid the use of such materials or find a suitable substitute, it would have a material adverse effect on our
business.
The manufacture of our product candidates is complex, and we may encounter difficulties in production, particularly with respect to process
development or scaling up of our manufacturing capabilities. If we, or any of our third-party manufacturers encounter such difficulties, our ability to
supply our product candidates for clinical trials, or our product candidates for patients, if approved, could be delayed or stopped, or we may be unable
to maintain a commercially viable cost structure.
Our product candidates are biologics, and the process of manufacturing our product candidates is complex, highly regulated and subject to multiple risks.
For example, the manufacture of our MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy-based product candidates involves complex processes, including drawing blood
from patients/donors, manufacturing the clinical product, and ultimately infusing the product into a patient. As a result of the complexities, the cost to
manufacture biologics is generally higher than traditional small molecule chemical compounds, and the manufacturing process is less reliable and is more
difficult to reproduce. Our manufacturing processes will be susceptible to product loss or failure due to any of the following: logistical issues associated
with the collection of blood cells, or starting material, from the patient or a donor, shipping such material to the manufacturing site, shipping the final
product back to the patient, and infusing the patient with the product; manufacturing issues associated with the variability in patients’ or donor’s starting
cells; interruptions in the manufacturing process; contamination; equipment failure; improper installation or operation of equipment, vendor or operator
error; inconsistency in cell growth; and variability in product characteristics. Even minor deviations from normal manufacturing processes could result in
reduced production yields, product defects, and other supply disruptions. If for any reason we lose a patient’s or a donor’s cells, or later-developed product
at any point in the process, the manufacturing process for that patient will need to be restarted and the resulting delay may adversely affect that patient’s
outcome and/or the results of clinical trials. If microbial, viral, or other contaminations are discovered in our product candidates or in the manufacturing
facilities in which our product candidates are made, such manufacturing facilities may need to be closed for an extended period of time to investigate and
remedy the contamination.
Because our MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy-based product candidates are manufactured for each particular patient, we will be required to maintain a
chain of identity with respect to the patient’s/donor’s blood cells as it moves from the patient to the manufacturing facility, through the manufacturing
process, and back to the patient. Maintaining such a chain of identity is difficult and complex, and failure to do so could result in adverse patient outcomes,
loss of product, or regulatory action including withdrawal of our product candidates from the market. Further, as product candidates are developed through
preclinical to late stage clinical trials towards approval and commercialization, it is common that various aspects of the development program, such as
manufacturing methods, are altered along the way in an effort to optimize processes and results. Such changes carry the risk that they will not achieve these
intended objectives, and any of these changes could cause our product candidates to perform differently and affect the results of planned clinical trials or
other future clinical trials.
42
Currently, our product candidates are manufactured using processes developed by BCM, our third-party research institution collaborator. Although we are
working to develop our own commercially viable processes, doing so is a difficult and uncertain task, and there are risks associated with scaling to the level
required for advanced clinical trials or commercialization, including, among others, cost overruns, potential problems with process scale up, process
reproducibility, stability issues, lot consistency, and timely availability of raw materials. As a result of these challenges, we may experience delays in our
clinical development and/or commercialization plans. We may ultimately be unable to reduce the cost of goods for our product candidates to levels that will
allow for an attractive return on investment if and when those product candidates are commercialized.
No assurance can be given that we will be able to develop a new, FDA-compliant, more efficient, lower cost manufacturing process upon which our
business plan to commercialize MultiTAA-based product candidates is dependent.
In cooperation with our current contract manufacturers, we intend to develop improved methods for generating and selecting T cells, and to develop
methods for large-scale production of our current product candidates that are in accordance with current cGMP procedures. Developing a new, scaled-up,
pharmaceutical manufacturing process that can more efficiently and cost effectively, and in a more automated manner produce, measure and control the
physical and/or chemical attributes of our product candidates in a cGMP facility is subject to many uncertainties and difficulties. We have never
manufactured our adoptive T cell therapy product candidate on a commercial scale. As a result, we cannot give any assurance that we will be able to
establish a manufacturing process that can produce our product candidates at a cost or in quantities necessary to make them commercially viable.
Moreover, we and our third-party manufacturers will have to continually adhere to current cGMP regulations enforced by the FDA through its facilities
inspection program. If these facilities cannot pass a pre-approval plant inspection, the FDA premarket approval of our product candidates will not be
granted. In complying with cGMP and foreign regulatory requirements, we and any of our third-party manufacturers will be obligated to expend time,
money and effort in production, record-keeping and quality control to assure that our product candidates meet applicable specifications and other
requirements. If we or any of our third-party manufacturers fail to comply with these requirements, we may be subject to regulatory action. No assurance
can be given that we will be able to develop such manufacturing process, or that our partners will thereafter be able to establish and operate such a
production facility.
The deviations in our proposed new MultiTAA-based product candidates from existing products may require us to perform additional testing, which
will increase the cost, and extend the time for obtaining approval.
Our MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy platform is based on the adoptive T cell therapy technology that we licensed from BCM and that is presently
available as a physician-sponsored investigational therapy at BCM for the treatment of lymphoma, AML/MDS, multiple myeloma and select solid tumors
in the United States. The current method of treatment is labor intensive and expensive. We are performing process optimization that we anticipate will
enable more efficient manufacturing of our product candidates. We may have difficulty demonstrating that the product candidates produced from our new
processes are identical to the existing products. The FDA may require additional clinical testing before permitting a larger clinical trial with the new
processes, and such drug substance may not be as efficacious in the new clinical trials. Cellular products are not considered to be well characterized
products because there are hundreds of markers present on T cells, and even small changes in manufacturing processes could alter the cell subtypes. It is
unclear at this time which of those markers are critical for success of T cells to combat cancer, so our ability to predict the outcomes with newer
manufacturing processes is limited. The changes that we may make to the existing manufacturing process may require additional testing, which may
increase costs and timelines associated with these developments. In addition to developing a multi-antigen T cell-based therapy on existing adoptive T cell
therapy technology, we are currently evaluating the desirability of conducting clinical trials of our product candidates in combination with other existing
drugs. These combination therapies will require additional testing, and clinical trials will require additional FDA regulatory approval and will increase our
future cost of development.
We may not be able to develop product candidates successfully or on a timely basis.
Our immunotherapy product candidates are at various stages of research and development. Further development and extensive testing will be required to
determine their technical feasibility and commercial viability. We will need to complete significant additional clinical trials demonstrating that our product
candidates are safe and effective to the satisfaction of the FDA and other non-U.S. regulatory authorities. The drug approval process is time-consuming,
which involves substantial expenditures of resources, and depends upon a number of factors, including the severity of the disease indication in question, the
availability of alternative treatments, and the risks and benefits demonstrated in the clinical trials. Our success depends on our ability to achieve scientific
and technological advances and to translate such advances into licensable, FDA-approvable, commercially- competitive products on a timely basis. Failure
can occur at any stage of the process. If such programs are not successful, we may be unable to develop revenue-producing products. As we enter a more
extensive clinical program for our product candidates, the data generated in these studies may not be as compelling as the earlier results.
43
Immunotherapies that we may develop are not likely to be commercially available for at least five years. Any delay in obtaining FDA and/or other
necessary regulatory approvals in the United States and in countries outside the United States for any investigational new drug and failure to receive such
approvals would have an adverse effect on the investigational new drug’s potential commercial success and on our business, prospects, financial condition
and results of operations. The time required to obtain approval by the FDA and non-U.S. regulatory authorities is unpredictable but typically takes many
years following the commencement of clinical trials and depends upon numerous factors, including the substantial discretion of the regulatory authorities.
For example, the FDA or non-U.S. regulatory authorities may disagree with the design or implementation of our clinical trials or study endpoints; or we
may be unable to demonstrate that a product candidate’s clinical and other benefits outweigh its safety risks. In addition, the FDA or non-U.S. regulatory
authorities may disagree with our interpretation of data from preclinical studies or clinical trials or the data collected from clinical trials of our product
candidates may not be sufficient to support the submission of a BLA or other submission or to obtain regulatory approval in the United States or elsewhere.
The FDA or non-U.S. regulatory authorities may fail to approve the manufacturing processes or facilities of third-party manufacturers with which we
contract for clinical and commercial supplies; and the approval policies or regulations of the FDA or non-U.S. regulatory authorities may significantly
change in a manner rendering our clinical data insufficient for approval. In addition, approval policies, regulations, or the type and amount of clinical data
necessary to gain approval may change during the course of a product candidate’s clinical development and may vary among jurisdictions. The proposed
development schedules for our immunotherapy product candidates may be affected by a variety of other factors, including technological difficulties,
clinical trial failures, regulatory hurdles, competitive products, intellectual property challenges and/or changes in governmental regulation, many of which
will not be within our control.
Any delay in the development, approval, introduction or marketing of our product candidates could result either in such product candidates being marketed
at a time when their cost and performance characteristics would not be competitive in the marketplace or in the shortening of their commercial lives. In
light of the long-term nature of our projects, the unproven technology involved and the other factors described elsewhere in this section, we might not be
able to successfully complete the development or marketing of any new product candidates, and as a result, our business, prospects, financial condition and
results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. We may be required to reduce our staff, discontinue certain research or development
programs of our future products and cease to operate.
Our commercial success depends upon attaining significant market acceptance of our product candidates, if approved, among physicians, patients,
healthcare payors and the medical community.
Even if we obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, they may not gain market acceptance among physicians, healthcare payors, patients or
the medical community. Market acceptance of our product candidates, if we receive approval, depends on a number of factors, including the:
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
efficacy and safety of our product candidates as demonstrated in clinical trials and post-marketing experience;
clinical indications for which our product candidates may be approved;
acceptance by physicians and patients of our product candidates as safe and effective;
potential and perceived advantages of our product candidates over alternative treatments;
safety of our product candidates seen in a broader patient group, including our use outside the approved indications should physicians choose
to prescribe for such uses;
prevalence and severity of any side effects;
product labeling, or product insert requirements of the FDA or other regulatory authorities;
44
·
·
·
·
·
timing of market introduction of our product candidates as well as competitive products;
cost in relation to alternative treatments;
pricing and the availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement by third-party payors and government authorities;
relative convenience and ease of administration; and
effectiveness of any sales and marketing efforts.
Moreover, if our product candidates are approved but fail to achieve market acceptance among physicians, patients, healthcare payors and the medical
community, we may not be able to generate significant revenues, which would compromise our ability to become profitable.
We may not be able to establish or maintain the third-party relationships that are necessary to develop or potentially commercialize some or all of our
product candidates.
We expect to depend on collaborators, partners, licensees, clinical research organizations and other third parties to support our discovery efforts, to
formulate product candidates, to manufacture our product candidates, and to conduct clinical trials for some or all of our product candidates. We cannot
guarantee that we will be able to successfully negotiate agreements for or maintain relationships with collaborators, partners, licensees, clinical
investigators, vendors and other third parties on favorable terms, if at all. Our ability to successfully negotiate such agreements will depend on, among
other things, potential partners’ evaluation of the superiority of our technology over competing technologies and the quality of the preclinical and clinical
data that it has generated, and the perceived risks specific to developing our product candidates. If we are unable to obtain or maintain these agreements, we
may not be able to clinically develop, formulate, manufacture, obtain regulatory approvals for or commercialize our product candidates.
Issued patents covering our product candidates could be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged in court or with the USPTO.
If we, our licensing partners, or any potential future collaborator initiates legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent directed to one of our
product candidates, the defendant could counterclaim that the patent is invalid and/or unenforceable in whole or in part. In patent litigation in the United
States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity and/or unenforceability are commonplace. Grounds for a validity challenge include an alleged failure to
meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, non-obviousness or enablement. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could
include an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the USPTO or made a misleading
statement during prosecution. Third parties may also raise similar claims before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad, even outside the
context of litigation. Such mechanisms include re-examination, post grant review, and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions (e.g., opposition
proceedings). Such proceedings could result in revocation or amendment to our patents in such a way that they are no longer directed to our product
candidates. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable, and prior art could render our patents or those of our
licensors invalid or could prevent a patent from issuing from one or more of our pending patent applications. There is no assurance that all potentially
relevant prior art relating to our patents and patent applications has been found. There is also no assurance that there is not prior art of which we are aware,
but which we do not believe affects the validity or enforceability of a claim in our patents and patent applications, which may, nonetheless, ultimately be
found to affect the validity or enforceability of a claim. Furthermore, even if our patents are unchallenged, they may not adequately protect our intellectual
property, provide exclusivity for our product candidates, prevent others from designing around our claims or provide us with a competitive advantage. If a
defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity and/or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on
our product candidates. In addition, if the breadth or strength of protection provided by our patents and patent applications is threatened, it could dissuade
companies from collaborating with us to license, develop or commercialize current or future product candidates. Such a loss of patent protection could have
a material adverse impact on our business development.
45
If we are unable to protect our proprietary rights, we may not be able to compete effectively or operate profitably.
Our commercial success is dependent in part on our ability to obtain, maintain, and enforce the patents and other proprietary rights that we have licensed
and may develop, and on our ability to avoid infringing the proprietary rights of others. We generally seek to protect our proprietary position by filing
patent applications in the United States and abroad related to our product candidates, proprietary technologies and their uses that are important to our
business. Our patent applications cannot be enforced against third parties practicing the technology claimed in such applications unless, and until, patents
issue from such applications, and then only to the extent the issued claims are directed to the technology. There can be no assurance that our patent
applications or those of our licensor will result in additional patents being issued or that issued patents will afford sufficient protection against competitors
with similar technology, nor can there be any assurance that the patents issued will not be infringed, designed around or invalidated by third parties. Even
issued patents may later be found invalid or unenforceable or may be modified or revoked in proceedings instituted by third parties before various patent
offices or in courts. The degree of future protection for our proprietary rights is uncertain. Only limited protection may be available and may not adequately
protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage. This failure to properly protect the intellectual property rights relating to our
product candidates could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
We seek to protect our proprietary technology and processes, in part, by entering into confidentiality agreements with relevant employees, consultants,
scientific advisors, and contractors. We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our data and trade secrets by maintaining physical security
of the premises and physical and electronic security of the information technology systems. While we have confidence in these individuals, organizations,
and systems, agreements or security measures may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. In addition, trade secrets may
otherwise become known or be independently discovered by competitors. To the extent that the consultants, contractors or collaborators use intellectual
property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in related or resulting know-how and inventions.
Although we have patents and patent applications in other countries, we cannot be certain that the claims in other pending U.S. or European patent
applications, international patent applications, and patent applications in certain other foreign territories directed to methods of generating multi-antigen
specific T cell product candidates, or our other product candidates, will be considered patentable by the USPTO, courts in the United States or by the patent
offices and courts in foreign countries, nor can we be certain that the claims in our issued European patent will not be found invalid or unenforceable if
challenged.
Most of our intellectual property rights are currently licensed from BCM and the Mayo Foundation, so that the preparation and prosecution of these patents
and patent applications was not performed by us or under our control. Furthermore, patent law relating to the scope of claims in the biotechnology field in
which we operate is still evolving and, consequently, patent positions in our industry may not be as strong as in other more well-established fields. The
patent positions of biotechnology companies can be highly uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions for which important legal principles
remain unresolved. No consistent policy regarding the breadth of claims allowed in biotechnology patents has emerged to date. The patent application
process is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, and there can be no assurance that we or any of our potential future collaborators will be successful
in protecting our product candidates by obtaining and defending patents. These risks and uncertainties include the following:
·
·
·
the USPTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment
and other provisions during the patent process, the noncompliance with which can result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent
application, and partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction;
patent applications may not result in any patents being issued;
patents that may be issued or in-licensed may be challenged, invalidated, modified, revoked, circumvented, found to be unenforceable or
otherwise may not provide any competitive advantage;
46
·
·
·
our competitors, many of whom have substantially greater resources than us, and many of whom have made significant investments in
competing technologies, may seek or may have already obtained patents that will limit, interfere with or eliminate our ability to make, use and
sell our potential product candidates;
there may be significant pressure on the U.S. government and international governmental bodies to limit the scope of patent protection both
inside and outside the United States for disease treatments that prove successful, as a matter of public policy regarding worldwide health
concerns; and
countries other than the United States may have patent laws less favorable to patentees than those upheld by U.S. courts, allowing foreign
competitors a better opportunity to create, develop and market competing product candidates.
The patent prosecution process is also expensive and time-consuming, and we may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent
applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner or in all jurisdictions where protection may be commercially advantageous. It is also possible that
we will fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development output before it is too late to obtain patent protection. Moreover, in some
circumstances, we may not have the right to control the preparation, filing and prosecution of patent applications, or to maintain the patents, directed to
technology that we license from third parties. We may also require the cooperation of one of our licensors in order to enforce the licensed patent rights, and
such cooperation may not be provided. Therefore, these patents and applications may not be prosecuted and enforced in a manner consistent with the best
interests of our business. We cannot be certain that patent prosecution and maintenance activities by our licensor have been or will be conducted in
compliance with applicable laws and regulations, which may affect the validity and enforceability of such patents or any patents that may issue from such
applications. If they fail to do so, this could cause us to lose rights in any applicable intellectual property that we in-license, and as a result our ability to
develop and commercialize products or product candidates may be adversely affected and we may be unable to prevent competitors from making, using
and selling competing products.
In addition, identification of third-party patent rights that may be relevant to our technology is difficult because patent searching is imperfect due to
differences in terminology among patents, incomplete databases and the difficulty in assessing the meaning of patent claims. The issuance of a patent is not
conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability and it is uncertain how much protection, if any, will be given to the patents we have
licensed from a licensor if either the licensor or we attempt to enforce the patents and/or if they are challenged in court or in other proceedings, such as
oppositions, which may be brought in foreign jurisdictions to challenge the validity of a patent. A third party may challenge our patents, if issued, or the
patent rights that we license from others in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad. It is possible that a competitor may successfully
challenge our patents or that a challenge will result in loss of exclusivity or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable, which could
limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical products, or limit the duration of the patent protection of our products and
product candidates. Moreover, the cost of litigation to uphold the validity of patents and to prevent infringement can be substantial. If the outcome of
litigation is adverse to us, third parties may be able to use our patented invention without payment to us. Moreover, it is possible that competitors may
infringe our patents or successfully avoid them through design innovation. To stop these activities, we may need to file a lawsuit. These lawsuits are
expensive and would consume time and other resources, even if we were successful in stopping the violation of our patent rights. In addition, there is a risk
that a court would decide that our patents are not valid and that we do not have the right to stop the other party from using the inventions. There is also the
risk that, even if the validity of our patents were upheld, a court would refuse to stop the other party on the ground that its activities are not covered by, that
is, do not infringe, our patents.
Should third parties file patent applications, or be issued patents claiming technology also used or claimed by our licensor(s) or by us in any future patent
application, we may be required to participate in interference proceedings in the USPTO to determine priority of invention for those patents or patent
applications that are subject to the first-to-invent law in the United States, or may be required to participate in derivation proceedings in the USPTO for
those patents or patent applications that are subject to the “first-inventor-to-file” law in the United States. We may be required to participate in such
interference or derivation proceedings involving our issued patents and pending applications. We may be required to cease using the technology or to
license rights from prevailing third parties as a result of an unfavorable outcome in an interference proceeding or derivation proceeding. A prevailing party
in that case may not offer us a license on commercially acceptable terms or on any terms.
47
The use of our technologies could potentially conflict with the rights of others.
Our potential competitors or other entities may have or acquire patent or proprietary rights that they could enforce against our licensors. There is a
substantial amount of litigation, both within and outside the United States, involving patent and other intellectual property rights in the biotechnology and
pharmaceutical industries, including patent infringement lawsuits, interferences, oppositions, reexaminations, inter partes review proceedings and post-
grant review, or PGR, proceedings before the USPTO and/or corresponding foreign patent offices. Numerous third-party U.S. and foreign issued patents
and pending patent applications exist in the fields in which we are developing product candidates. There may be third-party patents or patent applications
with claims to materials, formulations, methods of manufacture or methods for treatment related to the use or manufacture of our product candidates. If
they do so, then they could limit our ability to make, use, sell, offer for sale or import our product candidates and products that may be approved in the
future, or impair our competitive position by requiring us to alter our product candidates, pay licensing fees or cease activities.
As the biotechnology industry expands and more patents are issued, the risk increases that our product candidates may be subject to claims of infringement
of the patent rights of third parties. Because patent applications are maintained as confidential for a certain period of time, until the relevant application is
published we may be unaware of third-party patents that may be infringed by commercialization of any of our product candidates, and we cannot be certain
that we were the first to file a patent application related to a product candidate or technology. Moreover, because patent applications can take many years to
issue, there may be currently-pending patent applications that later issue as patents that our product candidates may infringe. If our product candidates
conflict with patent rights of others, third parties could bring legal actions against us or our collaborators, licensees, suppliers or customers, claiming
damages and seeking to enjoin manufacturing and marketing of the affected product candidates. If these legal actions are successful, in addition to any
potential liability for damages, we could be required to obtain a license in order to continue to manufacture or market the affected product candidates. We
may not prevail in any legal action and a required license under the patent may not be available on acceptable terms or at all.
Changes in U.S. patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our product candidates.
As is the case with other biopharmaceutical companies, our success is dependent on intellectual property, particularly patents. Obtaining and enforcing
patents in the biopharmaceutical industry involve both technological and legal complexity, and is therefore costly, time-consuming and inherently
uncertain. Changes in either the patent laws or in the interpretations of patent laws in the United States and other countries may diminish the value of our
intellectual property. We cannot predict the breadth of claims that may be allowed or enforced in our patents or in third-party patents. For example, on
September 16, 2011, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or Leahy-Smith Act, was signed into law. The Leahy-Smith Act includes a number of
significant changes to U.S. patent law. These include provisions that affect the way patent applications will be prosecuted and may also affect patent
litigation. In particular, under the Leahy-Smith Act, the United States transitioned in March 2013 to a “first inventor to file” system in which the first
inventor to file a patent application will be entitled to the patent. Third parties are allowed to submit prior art before the issuance of a patent by the USPTO
and may become involved in post-grant proceedings including post grant review, derivation, reexamination, inter-partes review or interference proceedings
challenging our patent rights or the patent rights of others. An adverse determination in any such submission, proceeding or litigation could reduce the
scope or enforceability of, or invalidate, our patent rights, which could adversely affect our competitive position. In addition, recent U.S. Supreme Court
rulings on several patent cases have narrowed the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances and weakened the rights of patent owners in
certain situations. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created
uncertainty with respect to the value of patents, once obtained. Depending on decisions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts, and the USPTO, the laws
and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our existing
patents and patents that we might obtain in the future. While we do not believe that any of the patents owned or licensed by us will be found invalid based
on these decisions, we cannot predict how future decisions by the courts, the U.S. Congress or the USPTO may impact the value of our patents.
48
We have limited foreign intellectual property rights and may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.
We have limited intellectual property rights outside the United States. Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on product candidates in all countries
throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States can be less
extensive than those in the United States. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as
federal and state laws in the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing its inventions in all countries outside
the United States, or from selling or importing products made using its inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use
our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and further, may export otherwise infringing
products to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our
products and patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.
Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems
of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents, trade secrets and other intellectual property
protection, particularly those relating to biopharmaceutical products, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or
marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could
result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or
interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any
lawsuits that we initiate, and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our
intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop
or license.
We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of
third parties.
As is common in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, in addition to our employees, we engage the services of consultants to assist us in the
development of our product candidates. We have received confidential and proprietary information from third parties. We employ individuals or engage
consultants who were previously employed at other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies. We may be subject to claims that we or our employees,
consultants or independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed confidential information of these third parties or our employees’
former employers. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could
result in substantial cost and be a distraction to our management and employees.
If we fail to comply with any obligations under our existing license agreements or any future license agreements, or disputes arise with respect to those
agreements, it could have a negative impact on our business and our intellectual property rights.
We are a party to license agreements with BCM and the Mayo Foundation that impose, and we may enter into additional licensing arrangements with third
parties that may impose, diligence, development and commercialization timelines, milestone payment, royalty, insurance and other obligations on us. Our
rights to use the licensed intellectual property are subject to the continuation of and our compliance with the terms of these agreements. Disputes may arise
regarding our rights to intellectual property licensed to us from a third party, including but not limited to:
·
·
·
·
the scope of rights granted under the license agreement and other interpretation-related issues;
the extent to which our technology and processes infringe on intellectual property of the licensor that is not subject to the licensing agreement;
the sublicensing of patent and other rights;
our diligence obligations under the license agreement and what activities satisfy those diligence obligations;
49
·
·
·
·
the ownership of inventions and know-how resulting from the creation or use of intellectual property by us, alone or with our licensors and
collaborators;
the scope and duration of our payment obligations;
our rights upon termination of such agreement; and
the scope and duration of exclusivity obligations of each party to the agreement.
If disputes over intellectual property and other rights that we have licensed or acquired from third parties prevent or impair our ability to maintain our
current licensing arrangements on acceptable terms, we may be unable to successfully develop and commercialize the affected product candidates. If we
fail to comply with our obligations under current or future licensing agreements, these agreements may be terminated or the scope of our rights under them
may be reduced and we might be unable to develop, manufacture or market any product that is licensed under these agreements.
We may be subject to claims challenging the inventorship or ownership of our patents and other intellectual property.
We may be subject to claims that former employees, collaborators or other third parties have an ownership interest in our patents or other intellectual
property. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging inventorship or ownership. If we fail in defending any such
claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights. Such an outcome could have a material adverse effect
on our business. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and distraction to management and
other employees.
Patent terms may be inadequate to protect our competitive position on our product candidates for an adequate amount of time.
Patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, if all maintenance fees are timely paid, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years from its
earliest U.S. non-provisional filing date. Various extensions may be available, but the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Even if
patents covering our product candidates are obtained, once the patent life has expired, we may be subject to competition from competitive products,
including biosimilars. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting
such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. As a result, our owned and licensed patent portfolio may not
provide sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to our product candidates.
Certain of our technologies are in-licensed from third parties, and the protection of those technologies is not entirely within our control.
We have world-wide exclusive licenses from the Mayo Foundation on (i) a novel set of Class II HER2/neu peptide antigens, (ii) a novel Class I HER2/neu
antigen, and (iii) a novel set of Class II Folate Receptor Alpha peptide antigens. We have a world-wide exclusive license from BCM of the rights in and to
three patent families to develop and commercialize MultiTAA-specific T cell product candidates in the field of oncology. As a result of these in-licenses,
we could lose the right to develop each of the technologies if:
·
·
·
the owners of the patent rights underlying the technologies that we license do not properly maintain or enforce the patents and intellectual
property underlying those properties,
the Mayo Foundation or BCM seeks to terminate our license in contravention of the license agreements;
we fail to make all payments due and owing under any of the licenses; or
50
·
we fail to obtain on commercially reasonable terms, if at all, in-licenses from the Mayo Foundation or BCM or others for other rights that are
necessary to develop the technology that we have already in-licensed.
If any of the above occurs, we could lose the right to use the in-licensed intellectual property, which would adversely affect our ability to commercialize our
technologies, products or services. The loss of any current or future licenses from Mayo Foundation or BCM, or the exclusivity rights provided by such
license agreements, could materially harm our financial condition and operating results.
We rely upon patents and licensed technologies to protect our technology. We may be unable to protect our intellectual property rights, and we may be
liable for infringing the intellectual property rights of others.
Our ability to compete effectively depends on our ability to maintain the proprietary nature of our technologies and the proprietary technology of others
with whom we have entered into collaboration and licensing agreements. We own or hold licenses to a number of issued patents and U.S. pending patent
applications, as well as foreign patents and foreign counterparts. Our success depends in part on our ability to obtain patent protection both in the United
States and abroad for our product candidates, as well as the methods for treating patients in the product indications using these product candidates. Such
patent protection is costly to obtain and maintain, and sufficient funds might not be available. Our ability to protect our product candidates from
unauthorized or infringing use by third parties depends in substantial part on our ability to obtain and maintain valid and enforceable patents. Due to
evolving legal standards relating to the patentability, validity and enforceability of patents covering pharmaceutical inventions and the scope of claims
made under these patents, our ability to obtain, maintain and enforce patents is uncertain and involves complex legal and factual questions. Even if our
product candidates, as well as methods for treating patients for prescribed indications using these product candidates are covered by valid and enforceable
patents and have claims with sufficient scope, disclosure and support in the specification, the patents will provide protection only for a limited amount of
time. Accordingly, rights under any issued patents may not provide us with sufficient protection for our product candidates or provide sufficient protection
to afford us a commercial advantage against competitive products or processes.
In addition, we cannot guarantee that any patents will be issued from any pending or future patent applications owned by or licensed to us. Even if patents
have been issued or will be issued, we cannot guarantee that the claims of these patents are or will be valid or enforceable or will provide us with any
significant protection against competitive products or otherwise be commercially valuable to us. The laws of some foreign jurisdictions do not protect
intellectual property rights to the same extent as in the United States and many companies have encountered significant difficulties in protecting and
defending such rights in foreign jurisdictions. Furthermore, different countries have different procedures for obtaining patents, and patents issued in
different countries offer different degrees of protection against use of the patented invention by others. If we encounter such difficulties in protecting or are
otherwise precluded from effectively protecting our intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions, our business prospects could be substantially
harmed.
The patent positions of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies, including our patent positions, involve complex legal and factual questions, and,
therefore, validity and enforceability cannot be predicted with certainty. Patents may be challenged, deemed unenforceable, invalidated, or circumvented.
Our patents can be challenged by our competitors who can argue that our patents are invalid, unenforceable, lack sufficient written description or
enablement, or that the claims of the issued patents should be limited or narrowly construed. Patents also will not protect our product candidates if
competitors devise ways of making or using these product candidates without infringing our patents.
We will be able to protect our proprietary rights from unauthorized use by third parties only to the extent that our technologies, methods of treatment,
product candidates, and any future products are covered by valid and enforceable patents or are effectively maintained as trade secrets and we have the
funds to enforce our rights, if necessary.
The expiration of our owned or licensed patents before completing the research and development of our product candidates and receiving all required
approvals in order to sell and distribute the products on a commercial scale can adversely affect our business and results of operations.
51
We may be involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents or the patents of our licensors, which could be expensive, time-consuming and
unsuccessful.
Competitors may infringe our intellectual property rights or those of our licensors. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file
infringement claims, which can be expensive and time-consuming. In addition, in a patent infringement proceeding, a court may decide that one or more of
the patents which we own or in-license is not valid or is unenforceable, and/or is not infringed. An adverse result in any litigation or defense proceedings
could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated, held unenforceable, or interpreted narrowly and could put our patent applications at risk of
not issuing. Defense of these claims, regardless of their merit, would involve substantial litigation expense and would be a substantial diversion of
employee resources from our business. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate, and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be
commercially meaningful. In the event of a successful claim of infringement against us, we may have to pay substantial damages, including treble damages
and attorneys’ fees for willful infringement, obtain one or more licenses from third parties, pay royalties or redesign our infringing products, which may be
impossible or require substantial time and monetary expenditure.
Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other governmental fees on any issued patent and/or pending patent applications will be
due to the USPTO and foreign patent agencies in several stages over the lifetime of our patents and/or applications. The USPTO and various foreign
governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent
application process. We employ reputable law firms and other professionals to help us comply, and in many cases, an inadvertent lapse can be cured by
payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with rules applicable to the particular jurisdiction. However, there are situations in which
noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant
jurisdiction. Noncompliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application include, but are not limited to, failure to
respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. In such an
event, our competitors might be able to enter the market, which would have a material adverse effect on our business development.
Interference or derivation proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by us or declared by the USPTO may be necessary to determine the priority of
inventions with respect to our patents or patent applications or those of our licensors. Should third parties file patent applications or be issued patents
claiming technology also used or claimed by us, we may be required to participate in interference or derivation proceedings in the USPTO to determine
priority of invention. We may be required to participate in interference or derivation proceedings involving our issued patents and pending applications. An
unfavorable outcome could require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license rights from the prevailing party. Our business could be
harmed if the prevailing party does not offer us a license on commercially acceptable terms.
We may be unable to adequately prevent disclosure of trade secrets and other proprietary information.
We also rely on trade secrets to protect our proprietary technologies, especially where we do not believe patent protection is appropriate or obtainable.
However, trade secrets are difficult to protect. We rely in part on confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, outside scientific
collaborators, sponsored researchers, and other advisors to protect our trade secrets and other proprietary information. These agreements may not
effectively prevent disclosure of confidential information and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of confidential
information. In addition, others may independently discover our trade secrets and proprietary information. Costly and time-consuming litigation could be
necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights, and failure to obtain or maintain trade secret protection could adversely affect our
competitive business position.
If we are unable to obtain licenses needed for the development of our product candidates, or if we breach any of the agreements under which we license
rights to patents or other intellectual property from third parties, we could lose license rights that are important to our business.
If we are unable to maintain and/or obtain licenses needed for the development of our product candidates in the future, we may have to develop alternatives
to avoid infringing on the patents of others, potentially causing increased costs and delays in drug development and introduction or precluding the
development, manufacture, or sale of planned product candidates. Some of our licenses provide for limited periods of exclusivity that require minimum
license fees and payments and/or may be extended only with the consent of the licensor. We might not meet these minimum license fees in the future, or
these third parties might not grant extensions on any or all such licenses. This same restriction may be contained in licenses obtained in the future.
52
Additionally, the patents underlying the licenses might not be valid and enforceable. To the extent any product candidates developed by us are based on
licensed technology, royalty payments on the licenses will reduce our gross profit from such product sales and may render the sales of such product
candidates uneconomical. In addition, the loss of any current or future licenses or the exclusivity rights provided therein could materially harm our business
financial condition and our operations.
We may face legal claims; litigation is expensive and we may not be able to afford the costs.
We may face legal claims involving stockholders, consumers, competitors, entities from whom we license technology, entities with whom we collaborate,
persons claiming that we are infringing on their intellectual property and others. The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries have been characterized
by extensive litigation regarding patents and other intellectual property rights, and companies have employed intellectual property litigation to gain a
competitive advantage. We may initiate or become subject to infringement claims or litigation arising out of patents and pending applications of our
competitors, or we may become subject to proceedings initiated by our competitors or other third parties or the USPTO or applicable foreign bodies to
reexamine the patentability of our licensed or owned patents. In addition, litigation may be necessary to enforce our issued patents, to protect our trade
secrets and know-how, or to determine the enforceability, scope, and validity of the proprietary rights of others.
The costs of litigation or any proceeding relating to our intellectual property or contractual rights could be substantial even if resolved in our favor. Some of
our competitors or financial funding sources have far greater resources than we do and may be better able to afford the costs of complex legal procedures.
Also, in a lawsuit for infringement or contractual breaches, even if frivolous, we will require considerable time commitments on the part of management,
our attorneys and consultants. Defending these types of proceedings or legal actions involve considerable expense and could negatively affect our financial
results.
Our research and development programs are subject to uncertainty.
Factors affecting our research and development programs include, but are not limited to:
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
limited financial resources from which to budget and allocate among our product candidates;
competition from companies that are substantially and financially stronger than us;
the need for acceptance of our immunotherapies;
our ability to anticipate and adapt to a competitive market and rapid technological developments;
the amount and timing of operating costs and capital expenditures relating to expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure;
the need to rely on multiple levels of outside funding due to the length of drug development cycles and governmental approved protocols
associated with the pharmaceutical industry; and
the dependence upon key personnel including key independent consultants and advisors.
Our research and development expenses may not be consistent from time to time. We may be required to accelerate or delay incurring certain expenses
depending on the results of our studies and the availability of adequate funding.
53
If we are unable to establish sales and marketing capabilities or enter into agreements with third parties to market and sell our product candidates, we
may be unable to generate any revenue.
We do not currently have an organization for the sale, marketing and distribution of any approved products and the cost of establishing and maintaining
such an organization may exceed the cost-effectiveness of doing so. In order to market any products approved by the FDA or comparable foreign
regulatory authorities, we must build our sales, marketing, managerial and other non-technical capabilities or make arrangements with third parties to
perform these services. If we are unable to establish adequate sales, marketing and distribution capabilities, whether independently or with third parties, we
may not be able to generate product revenue and may not become profitable. We will be competing with many companies that currently have extensive and
well-funded sales and marketing operations. Without an internal commercial organization or the support of a third party to perform sales and marketing
functions, we may be unable to compete successfully against these more established companies.
If we are unable to establish or manage strategic collaborations in the future, our revenue and drug development may be limited.
Our strategy includes eventual substantial reliance upon strategic collaborations for marketing and commercialization of our product candidates, and we
may rely even more on strategic collaborations for research, development, marketing and commercialization of our other immunotherapies. If we are
unsuccessful in securing such strategic collaborations, we may be unable to commercialize any approved products as we have not yet licensed, marketed or
sold any of our immunotherapies or entered into successful collaborations for these services in order to ultimately commercialize our immunotherapies.
Establishing strategic collaborations is difficult and time-consuming. Our discussions with potential collaborators may not lead to the establishment of
collaborations on favorable terms, if at all. Potential collaborators may reject collaborations based upon their assessment of our financial, clinical,
regulatory or intellectual property position. If we successfully establish new collaborations, these relationships may never result in the successful
development or commercialization of our immunotherapies or the generation of sales revenue. To the extent that we enter into co-promotion or other
collaborative arrangements, our product revenues are likely to be lower than if we directly marketed and sold any products that we may develop.
Management of our relationships with our collaborators will require:
·
·
·
significant time and effort from our management team;
coordination of our research and development programs with the research and development priorities of our collaborators; and
effective allocation of our resources to multiple projects.
If we continue to enter into research and development collaborations at the early phases of drug development, our success will in part depend on the
performance of our corporate collaborators. We will not directly control the amount or timing of resources devoted by our corporate collaborators to
activities related to our immunotherapies. Our corporate collaborators may not commit sufficient resources to their research and development programs or
the commercialization, marketing or distribution of their immunotherapies. If any corporate collaborator fails to commit sufficient resources, our preclinical
or clinical development programs related to this collaboration could be delayed or terminated. Also, our collaborators may pursue existing or other
development-stage products or alternative technologies in preference to those being developed in collaboration with us. Finally, if we fail to make required
milestones or royalty payments to our collaborators or to observe other obligations in our agreements with them, our collaborators may have the right to
terminate those agreements.
We may not be able to license newly developed MultiTAA-specific T cell technology from BCM and others.
An important element of our intellectual property portfolio is to license additional rights and technologies from BCM. Our inability to license the rights and
technologies that we have identified, or newly developed MultiTAA-specific T cell technology that we may in the future identify, could have a material
adverse impact on our ability to complete the development of our product candidates or to develop additional product candidates. No assurance can be
given that we will be successful in licensing any additional rights or technologies from BCM and others. Failure to obtain additional rights and licenses
may detrimentally affect our planned development of additional product candidates and could increase the cost, and extend the timelines associated with
our development of such other product candidates.
54
The market opportunities for our product candidates may be limited to those patients who are ineligible for or have failed prior treatments and may be
small.
The FDA often approves new oncology therapies initially only for use in patients with relapsed or refractory metastatic disease. We expect to initially seek
approval of our product candidates in this setting. Subsequently, for those product candidates that prove to be sufficiently beneficial, if any, we would
expect to seek approval in earlier lines of treatment and potentially as a first line therapy. There is no guarantee, however, that our product candidates, even
if approved, would be approved for earlier lines of therapy, and, prior to any such approvals, we may have to conduct additional clinical trials.
Our projections of both the number of people who have the cancers we are targeting, as well as the subset of people with these cancers in a position to
receive second or third-line therapy, and who have the potential to benefit from treatment with our product candidates, are based on our research and
estimates. These estimates have been derived from a variety of sources, including scientific literature, surveys of clinics, patient foundations, or market
research by third parties, and may prove to be incorrect. Further, new studies may change the estimated incidence or prevalence of these cancers. The
number of treatable patients may turn out to be lower than expected. Additionally, the potentially addressable patient population for our product candidates
may be limited or may not be amenable to treatment with our product candidates and may also be limited by the cost of our treatments and the
reimbursement of those treatment costs by third-party payors. For instance, we expect our lead product candidate to initially target a small patient
population that suffers from AML. Even if we obtain significant market share for our product candidates, because the potential target populations are small,
we may never achieve profitability without obtaining regulatory approval for additional indications.
We are required to pay substantial royalties and lump sum milestone payments under our license agreements with BCM and the Mayo Foundation, and
we must meet certain milestones to maintain our license rights.
Under our license agreement with BCM for our MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy technologies, we are currently required to pay both substantial milestone
payments and royalties to BCM based on our revenues from sales of any approved products utilizing the licensed technologies, and these payments could
adversely affect the overall profitability for us of any products that we may seek to commercialize. In order to maintain our license rights under the BCM
license agreement, we will need to meet certain specified milestones, subject to certain cure provisions, in the development of our product candidates.
Similarly, we are also required to pay both substantial milestone payments and royalties to the Mayo Foundation based on our revenues from sales of our
products utilizing those licensed technologies. There is no assurance that we will be successful in meeting all of the milestones in our licenses in the future
on a timely basis or at all.
In addition, upon a liquidity event (as defined in our BCM license agreement with BCM) of the licensee under the BCM license agreement (which, the
licensee shall be the Company), BCM will receive a liquidity incentive payment of 0.5% of the liquidity event proceeds (as defined in the BCM license
agreement) received by such licensee or its stockholders in the liquidity event, thereby diluting the amount of proceeds available to the licensee or its
stockholders in a liquidity event.
Because our current product candidates represent, and our other potential product candidates will represent novel approaches to the treatment of
disease, there are many uncertainties regarding the development, the market acceptance, third-party reimbursement coverage and the commercial
potential of our product candidates.
There is no assurance that the approaches offered by our product candidates will gain broad acceptance among doctors or patients or that governmental
agencies or third-party medical insurers will be willing to provide reimbursement coverage for proposed product candidates. Moreover, we do not have
verifiable internal marketing data regarding the potential size of the commercial market for our product candidates, nor have we obtained independent
marketing surveys to verify the potential size of the commercial markets for our current product candidates or any future product candidates. Since our
current product candidates and any future product candidates will represent new approaches to treating various conditions, it may be difficult, in any event,
to accurately estimate the potential revenues from these product candidates. Accordingly, we may spend large amounts of money trying to obtain approval
for product candidates that have an uncertain commercial market. The market for any products that we successfully develop will also depend on the cost of
the product. We do not yet have sufficient information to reliably estimate what it will cost to commercially manufacture our current product candidates,
and the actual cost to manufacture these products could materially and adversely affect the commercial viability of these products. Our goal is to reduce the
cost of manufacturing our therapies. However, unless we are able to reduce those costs to an acceptable amount, we may never be able to develop a
commercially viable product. If we do not successfully develop and commercialize products based upon our approach or find suitable and economical
sources for materials used in the production of our products, we will not become profitable.
55
Our MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy may be provided to patients in combination with other agents provided by third parties. The cost of such
combination therapy may increase the overall cost of MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy and may result in issues regarding the allocation of reimbursements
between our therapy and the other agents, all of which may adversely affect our ability to obtain reimbursement coverage for the combination therapy from
third-party medical insurers.
If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, we may incur substantial liabilities and may be required to limit commercialization of our product
candidates.
We face an inherent risk of product liability as a result of the clinical testing of our product candidates and will face an even greater risk if we
commercialize any products. For example, we may be sued if our product candidates cause or are perceived to cause injury or are found to be otherwise
unsuitable during clinical testing, manufacturing, marketing or sale. Any such product liability claims may include allegations of defects in manufacturing,
defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent to the product, negligence, strict liability or a breach of warranties. Claims could also be asserted
under state consumer protection laws. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we may incur substantial liabilities or be
required to limit commercialization of our product candidates. Even successful defense would require significant financial and management resources.
Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
decreased demand for our product candidates;
injury to our reputation;
withdrawal of clinical trial participants;
initiation of investigations by regulators;
costs to defend the related litigation;
a diversion of management’s time and our resources;
substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients;
product recalls, withdrawals or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions;
loss of revenue;
exhaustion of any available insurance and our capital resources; and
the inability to commercialize any product candidate.
Our inability to obtain sufficient product liability insurance at an acceptable cost to protect against potential product liability claims could inhibit or prevent
the commercialization of products we develop, alone or with collaborators. Our insurance policies may also have various exclusions, and we may be
subject to a product liability claim for which we have no insurance coverage. While we obtained clinical trial insurance for our Phase II clinical trials, we
may have to pay amounts awarded by a court or negotiated in a settlement that exceed our coverage limitations or that are not covered by our insurance,
and we may not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient capital to pay such amounts. Even if our agreements with any future collaborators entitle us to
indemnification against losses, such indemnification may not be available or adequate should any claim arise.
56
We face significant competition from other biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies and from non-profit institutions.
Competition in the field of cancer therapy is intense and is accentuated by the rapid pace of technological development. Research and discoveries by others
may result in breakthroughs that may render our product candidates obsolete even before they generate any revenue. There are products currently under
development by others that could compete with the product candidates that we are developing. Many of our potential competitors have substantially greater
research and development capabilities and manufacturing, marketing, financial and managerial resources than we have. Our competitors may:
·
·
·
develop safer or more effective immunotherapies and other therapeutic products;
reach the market more rapidly, reducing the potential sales of our products; or
establish superior proprietary positions.
Potential competitors in the market for treating hematological malignancies are companies such as Juno Therapeutics/Celgene/Bristol-Myers Squibb,
Roche/Genentech, Merck, Novartis, Kite Pharma/Gilead, Amgen, Pfizer, and GlaxoSmithKline, which already have products on the market or in
development. Other companies, such as Cellectis Bluebird Bio, and AdaptImmune, which are focused on genetically engineered T cell technologies to treat
cancer, may also be competitors. Furthermore, companies such as Iovance, Immatics, WindMIL Therapeutics, Mana Therapeutics, Tessa Therapeutics and
Torque Therapeutics are developing non-genetically modified T cell therapies such as tumor infiltrating lymphocytes and marrow infiltrating lymphocytes
therapies that may compete with our product candidates. All these companies, and most of our other current and potential competitors have substantially
greater research and development capabilities and financial, scientific, regulatory, manufacturing, marketing, sales, human resources, and experience than
we do. Many of our competitors have several therapeutic products that have already been developed, approved and successfully commercialized, or are in
the process of obtaining regulatory approval for their therapeutic products in the United States and internationally.
Universities and public and private research institutions in the U.S. and around the world are also potential competitors. While these universities and public
and private research institutions primarily have educational objectives, they may develop proprietary technologies that lead to other FDA approved
therapies or that secure patent protection that we may need for the development of our technologies and product candidates.
Our lead product candidate is a therapy for the treatment of refractory AML. Currently, there are numerous companies that are developing various alternate
treatments for AML. Accordingly, we face significant competition in the AML treatment space from multiple companies. Even if we obtain regulatory
approval for our lead product candidate, the availability and price of competitors’ products could limit the demand and the price we will be able to charge
for our therapy. We may not be able to implement our business plan if the acceptance of our product candidates is inhibited by price competition or the
reluctance of physicians to switch from other methods of treatment to our product, or if physicians switch to other new therapies, drugs or biologic products
or choose to reserve our product candidates for use in limited circumstances.
As a result of being a public company, we are obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal controls over financial reporting, and any
failure to maintain the adequacy of these internal controls may adversely affect investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our
common stock.
We are required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. This report by management is included in Part II, Item 9A of this Form 10-K. In addition, our
independent registered public accounting firm is required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in this Form 10-K. We
are also required to disclose significant changes made in our internal control procedures on a quarterly basis.
57
To comply with Section 404, we have engaged in the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to
perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. Our compliance with Section 404 requires that we incur substantial professional fees and
expend significant management efforts, and we may need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and
technical accounting knowledge and compile the system and process documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section
404.
During the evaluation and testing process of our internal controls, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial
reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. We cannot assure you that there will not be material
weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting in the future. Any failure to maintain internal control over financial
reporting could severely inhibit our ability to accurately report our financial condition or results of operations. If we are unable to conclude that our internal
control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm determines we have a material weakness or significant
deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the
market price of our common stock could decline, and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the Nasdaq, the SEC or other regulatory
authorities. Failure to remedy any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, or to implement or maintain other effective control
systems required of public companies, could also restrict our future access to the capital markets.
Our business and operations would suffer in the event of cybersecurity/information systems risk.
Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems, and those of our manufacturers and other third parties on which we rely,
are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural disasters, fire, terrorism, successful breaches, employee malfeasance, or
human or technological error, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. In addition, our systems safeguard important confidential personal data
regarding our subjects. If a disruption event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our drug
development programs. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from completed, ongoing or planned clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory
approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. To the extent that any disruption or security breach results in a loss of
or damage to our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and the further
development of our product candidates could be delayed.
We maintain cybersecurity insurance, however, an incident may exceed our coverage premiums.
We have cybersecurity insurance for a breach event covering expenses for notification, credit monitoring, investigation, crisis management, public relations
and legal advice. We also maintain property and casualty insurance that may cover restoration of data, certain physical damage or third-party injuries
caused by potential cybersecurity incidents. However, damage and claims arising from such incidents may not be covered or may exceed the amount of any
insurance available.
We may incur costs of addressing a cybersecurity incident.
Cybersecurity incidents have increased in number and severity recently and it is expected that these trends will continue. Should we be affected by such an
incident, we may incur substantial costs and suffer other negative consequences, which may include:
·
·
·
investigation costs and costs to engage specialized consultants;
remediation costs, such as liability for stolen assets or information, repairs of system damage, and incentives to customers or business partners
in an effort to maintain relationships after an attack; and
litigation and legal risks, including regulatory actions by state and federal regulators.
58
Our ability to use net operating losses and certain other tax attributes to offset future taxable income may be subject to limitation.
Our net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities because of their limited
duration or because of restrictions under U.S. tax law. Our NOLs generated in tax years ending on or prior to December 31, 2017 are only permitted to be
carried forward for 20 years under applicable U.S. tax law. Under H.R. 1, “An Act to provide for reconciliation pursuant to titles II and V of the concurrent
resolution on the budget for fiscal year 2018”, informally titled the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, or, the Tax Act, our federal NOLs generated in tax years ending
after December 31, 2017 may be carried forward indefinitely, but the deductibility of federal NOLs generated in tax years beginning after December 31,
2017 is limited. It is uncertain if and to what extent various states will conform to the Tax Act.
In addition, under Section 382 and Section 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (or, the Code) and corresponding provisions of state
law, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” which is generally defined as a greater than 50% change, by value, in its equity ownership over a
three-year period, the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes (such as research tax
credits) to offset its post-change income or taxes may be limited. We may have experienced ownership changes in the past and may experience ownership
changes in the future as a result of shifts in our stock ownership (some of which shifts are outside our control). As a result, if we earn net taxable income,
our ability to use our pre-change NOLs to offset such taxable income will be subject to limitations. Similar provisions of state tax law may also apply to
limit our use of accumulated state tax attributes. In addition, at the state level, there may be periods during which the use of NOLs is suspended or
otherwise limited, which could accelerate or permanently increase state taxes owed.
Consequently, even if we achieve profitability, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax
attributes, which could have a material adverse effect on cash flow and results of operations.
U.S. federal income tax reform could materially adversely affect our company.
On December 22, 2017, President Trump signed into law the Tax Act, which significantly revises the Code. The Tax Act, among other things, reduces the
corporate tax rate from a top marginal rate of 35% to a flat rate of 21%, repeals the alternative minimum tax for corporations, limits the tax deduction for
interest expense to 30% of adjusted taxable income (except for certain small businesses), limits the deduction for net operating losses carried forward from
taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 to 80% of current year taxable income, eliminates net operating loss carrybacks, imposes a one-time tax
on offshore earnings at reduced rates regardless of whether they are repatriated, eliminates U.S. tax on foreign earnings (subject to certain important
exceptions), allows immediate deductions for certain new investments instead of deductions for depreciation expense over time, and modifies or repeals
many business deductions and credits. Notwithstanding the reduction in the corporate income tax rate, the overall impact of the Tax Act is uncertain and
our business and financial condition could be adversely affected. In addition, it is uncertain if and to what extent various states will conform to the Tax Act.
The impact of the Tax Act on holders of our common stock is also uncertain and could be adverse. We urge our stockholders to consult with their legal and
tax advisors with respect to this legislation and the potential tax consequences of investing in or holding our common stock.
The COVID-19 coronavirus could adversely impact our business, including our clinical trials and development activities conducted by us or BCM.
In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus, COVID-19, was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China. Since then, the COVID-19 coronavirus has
spread to multiple countries, including the United States and several European countries. If the COVID-19 coronavirus continues to spread in the United
States, we may experience disruptions that could severely impact our business and clinical trials conducted by us or BCM, including:
·
·
·
·
·
delays or difficulties in enrolling patients in clinical trials;
delays or difficulties in clinical site initiation, including difficulties in recruiting clinical site investigators and clinical site staff;
diversion of healthcare resources away from the conduct of clinical trials, including the diversion of hospitals serving as clinical trial sites and
hospital staff supporting the conduct of our clinical trials;
interruption of key clinical trial activities, such as clinical trial site monitoring, due to limitations on travel imposed or recommended by federal or
state governments, employers and others; and
limitations in employee resources that would otherwise be focused on the conduct of clinical trials, including because of sickness of employees or
their families or the desire of employees to avoid contact with large groups of people.
These limitations and/or interruptions may also affect BCM's ability to conduct research and development activities on our behalf.
The global outbreak of the COVID-19 coronavirus continues to rapidly evolve. The extent to which the COVID-19 coronavirus may impact our business
and clinical trials and development activities, whether conducted by us or BCM, will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and
cannot be predicted with confidence, such as the ultimate geographic spread of the disease, the duration of the outbreak, travel restrictions and social
distancing in the United States and other countries, business closures or business disruptions and the effectiveness of actions taken in the United States and
other countries to contain and treat the disease.
59
Risks Related to Government Regulation
We are subject to extensive regulation, which can be costly, time consuming and can subject us to unanticipated delays; even if we obtain regulatory
approval for some of our products, those product candidates may still face regulatory difficulties.
All of our current and future product candidates, cell processing and manufacturing activities, are subject to comprehensive regulation by the FDA in the
United States and by comparable authorities in other countries. The process of obtaining FDA and other required regulatory approvals, including foreign
approvals, is expensive and often takes many years and can vary substantially based upon the type, complexity and novelty of the products involved. In
addition, regulatory agencies may lack experience with our technologies and product candidates, which may lengthen the regulatory review process,
increase our development costs and delay or prevent their commercialization. No adoptive T cell therapy using MultiTAA-specific T cells has been
approved for marketing in the U.S. by the FDA. Consequently, there is no precedent for the successful commercialization of products based on our
technologies. In addition, we have had only limited experience in filing and pursuing applications necessary to gain regulatory approvals, which may
impede our ability to obtain timely FDA approvals, if at all. We have not yet sought FDA approval for any adoptive T cell therapy product. We will not be
able to commercialize any of our potential product candidates until we obtain FDA approval, and so any delay in obtaining, or inability to obtain, FDA
approval would harm our proposed business.
If we violate regulatory requirements at any stage, whether before or after marketing approval is obtained, we may be fined, forced to remove a product
from the market and experience other adverse consequences including delay, which could materially harm our business development. Additionally, we may
not be able to obtain the labeling claims necessary or desirable for the promotion of our products. We may also be required to undertake post-marketing
trials. Prescription drugs may be promoted only for the approved indications in accordance with the approved label. The FDA and other agencies actively
enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label may be
subject to significant liability. However, physicians may, in their independent medical judgment, prescribe legally available products for off-label uses. The
FDA does not regulate the behavior of physicians in their choice of treatments but the FDA does restrict manufacturer’s communications on the subject of
off-label use of their products. In addition, if we or others identify side effects after any of our adoptive T cell therapy products are on the market, or if
manufacturing problems occur, regulatory approval may be withdrawn, and reformulation of our products may be required.
The FDA regulatory approval process is lengthy and time-consuming, and we may experience significant delays in the clinical development and
regulatory approval of our product candidates.
We have not previously submitted a BLA to the FDA, or similar approval filings to comparable foreign authorities. A BLA must include extensive
preclinical and clinical data and supporting information to establish the product candidate’s safety and effectiveness for each desired indication. The BLA
must also include significant information regarding the CMC for the product. We expect the novel nature of our product candidates to create further
challenges in obtaining regulatory approval. For example, the FDA has limited experience with commercial development of cell therapies for cancer.
Accordingly, the regulatory approval pathway for our product candidates may be uncertain, complex, expensive and lengthy, and approval may not be
obtained. We may also experience delays in completing planned clinical trials for a variety of reasons, including delays related to:
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
the availability of financial resources to commence and complete the planned trials;
reaching agreement on acceptable terms with prospective CROs and clinical trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive
negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;
obtaining approval by an independent IRB at each clinical trial site;
recruiting suitable patients to participate in a trial;
having patients complete a trial or return for post-treatment follow-up;
clinical trial sites deviating from trial protocol or dropping out of a trial;
adding new clinical trial sites; or
· manufacturing sufficient quantities of qualified materials under cGMPs and applying them on a subject by subject basis for use in clinical
trials.
60
We could also encounter delays if physicians face unresolved ethical issues associated with enrolling patients in clinical trials of our product candidates in
lieu of prescribing existing treatments that have established safety and efficacy profiles. Further, a clinical trial may be suspended or terminated by us, the
IRB for the institutions in which such trials are being conducted, the Data and Safety Monitoring Board or Committee for such trial, or by the FDA or other
regulatory authorities due to a number of factors. Those factors could include failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements
or our clinical protocols, inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial site by the FDA or other regulatory authorities resulting in the imposition of a
clinical hold, unforeseen safety issues or adverse side effects, failure to demonstrate a benefit from using a product candidate, changes in governmental
regulations or administrative actions or lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial. If we experience termination of, or delays in the completion
of, any clinical trial of our product candidates, the commercial prospects for our product candidates will be harmed, and our ability to generate product
revenue will be delayed. In addition, any delays in completing our clinical trials will increase our costs, slow down our product development and approval
process and jeopardize our ability to commence product sales and generate revenue.
Obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval of our product candidates in one jurisdiction does not mean that we will be successful in obtaining
regulatory approval of our product candidates in other jurisdictions.
Obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval of our product candidates in one jurisdiction does not guarantee that we will be able to obtain or maintain
regulatory approval in any other jurisdiction, while a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one jurisdiction may have a negative effect on the
regulatory approval process in others. For example, even if the FDA grants marketing approval of a product candidate, comparable regulatory authorities in
foreign jurisdictions must also approve the manufacturing, marketing and promotion of the product candidate in those countries. Approval procedures vary
among jurisdictions and can involve requirements and administrative review periods different from, and greater than, those in the United States, including
additional preclinical studies or clinical trials as clinical studies conducted in one jurisdiction may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other
jurisdictions. In many jurisdictions outside the United States, a product candidate must be approved for reimbursement before it can be approved for sale in
that jurisdiction. In some cases, the price that we intend to charge for our products is also subject to approval.
We may also submit marketing applications in other countries. Regulatory authorities in jurisdictions outside of the United States have requirements for
approval of product candidates with which we must comply prior to marketing in those jurisdictions. Obtaining foreign regulatory approvals and
compliance with foreign regulatory requirements could result in significant delays, difficulties and costs for us and could delay or prevent the introduction
of our products in certain countries. If we fail to comply with the regulatory requirements in international markets and/or fail to receive applicable
marketing approvals, our target market will be reduced and our ability to realize the full market potential of any approved product candidates will be
harmed.
Even if we receive regulatory approval of our product candidates, we will be subject to ongoing quality and regulatory obligations and continued
regulatory review, which may result in significant additional expense, and we may be subject to penalties if we fail to comply with regulatory
requirements or experience unanticipated problems with our product candidates.
Any regulatory approvals that we receive for our product candidates will require surveillance to monitor the safety and efficacy of the product candidate.
The FDA may also require a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy in order to approve our product candidates, which could entail requirements for a
medication guide, physician communication plans or additional elements to ensure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and
other risk minimization tools. In addition, if the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority approves our product candidates, the manufacturing
processes, labeling, packaging, distribution, adverse event reporting, storage, advertising, promotion, import, export and recordkeeping for our product
candidates will be subject to extensive and ongoing regulatory requirements. These requirements include submissions of safety and other post-marketing
information and reports, registration, as well as continued compliance with cGMPs and cGCPs for any clinical trials that we conduct post-approval. Later
discovery of previously unknown problems with our product candidates, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with our third-
party manufacturers or manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in, among other things:
61
·
·
·
·
·
restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of our product candidates, withdrawal of the product from the market, or voluntary or
mandatory product recalls;
fines, warning letters or holds on clinical trials;
refusal by the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications filed by us or suspension or revocation of license
approvals;
product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of our product candidates; and
injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.
The FDA’s and other regulatory authorities’ policies may change, and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay
regulatory approval of our product candidates. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future
legislation or administrative action, either in the United States or abroad. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the
adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have
obtained, and we may not achieve or sustain profitability.
Any relationships with healthcare professionals, principal investigators, consultants, customers (actual and potential) and third-party payors in
connection with our current and future business activities are and will continue to be subject, directly or indirectly, to federal and state healthcare laws.
If we are unable to comply, or have not fully complied, with such laws, we could face penalties, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished
profits and future earnings and curtailment or restructuring of our operations.
Our business operations and activities may be directly, or indirectly, subject to various federal and state healthcare laws, including without limitation, fraud
and abuse laws, false claims laws, data privacy and security laws, as well as transparency laws regarding payments or other items of value provided to
healthcare providers. These laws may restrict or prohibit a wide range of business activities, including, but not limited to, research, manufacturing,
distribution, pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. These laws
may impact, among other things, our current activities with principal investigators and research subjects, as well as current and future sales, marketing,
patient co-payment assistance and education programs.
Such laws include:
·
·
·
the federal Anti-Kickback Statute which prohibits, among other things, persons and entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering,
receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward, or in return for, either the referral of an individual
for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program such as
Medicare and Medicaid;
the federal civil and criminal false claims laws, including the federal civil False Claims Act, and civil monetary penalties laws, which impose
criminal and civil penalties against individuals or entities for, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal
government, claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to
the federal government;
the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which imposes criminal and civil liability for, among other
things, executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters;
· HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, and its implementing regulations, which also
imposes obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, on covered entities, including certain healthcare providers, health plans, and healthcare
clearinghouses, as well as their respective business associates that create, receive, maintain or transmit individually identifiable health information
for or on behalf of a covered entity, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health
information;
·
·
the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, which requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which
payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program, with specific exceptions, to report annually to the
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, information related to payments or other transfers of value made to physicians, as defined by
such law, and teaching hospitals, and applicable manufacturers and applicable group purchasing organizations to report annually to CMS ownership
and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members; and
analogous state, local, and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to sales or marketing
arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third party payors, including private insurers; state
laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant
compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government; state laws that require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments
and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures or drug pricing; state and local laws that require
the registration of pharmaceutical sales representatives; state and local “drug takeback” laws and regulations; and state and foreign laws governing
the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not
preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.
62
Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements will comply with applicable healthcare laws may involve substantial costs. While our interactions with
healthcare professionals have been structured to comply with these laws and related guidance, it is possible that governmental and enforcement authorities
will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law interpreting applicable fraud and abuse or
other healthcare laws. If our operations or activities are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental regulations
that apply to us, we may be subject to, without limitation, significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, disgorgement,
imprisonment, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, additional reporting requirements and
oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or similar agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws,
contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings and curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could
adversely affect our ability to operate.
In addition, any sales of our product once commercialized outside the U.S. will also likely subject us to foreign equivalents of the healthcare laws
mentioned above, among other foreign laws.
Recently enacted and future legislation in the United States and other countries may affect the prices we may obtain for our product candidates and
increase the difficulty and cost to commercialize our product candidates.
In the United States and many other countries, rising healthcare costs have been a concern for governments, patients and the health insurance sector, which
has resulted in a number of changes to laws and regulations, and may result in further legislative and regulatory action regarding the healthcare and health
insurance systems that could affect our ability to profitably sell any product candidates for which we have obtained marketing approval.
For example, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, or the ACA was enacted in
the United States in March 2010, with the stated goals of containing healthcare costs, improving quality and expanding access to healthcare, and includes
measures to change health care delivery, increase the number of individuals with insurance, ensure access to certain basic health care services, and contain
the rising cost of care. Since January 2017, President Trump has signed two executive orders and other directives designed to delay, circumvent, or loosen
certain requirements mandated by the ACA. Concurrently, Congress has considered legislation that would repeal or repeal and replace all or part of the
ACA. While Congress has not passed repeal legislation, two bills affecting the implementation of certain taxes under the ACA have been signed into law.
The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 includes a provision that repealed, effective January 1, 2019, the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by
the ACA on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year that is commonly referred to as the “individual
mandate”. Additionally, the 2020 federal spending package permanently eliminates, effective January 1, 2020, the ACA-mandated “Cadillac” tax on high-
cost employer-sponsored health coverage and medical device tax and, effective January 1, 2021, also eliminates the health insurer tax. Further, the
Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, among other things, amended the ACA, effective January 1, 2019, to increase from 50% to 70% the point-of-sale discount
that is owed by pharmaceutical manufacturers who participate in Medicare Part D and to close the coverage gap in most Medicare drug plans, commonly
referred to as the “donut hole.” On December 14, 2018, a Texas U.S. District Court Judge ruled that the ACA is unconstitutional in its entirety because the
“individual mandate” was repealed by Congress as part of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. Further, on December 18, 2019, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the 5th
Circuit upheld the District Court ruling that the individual mandate was unconstitutional and remanded the case back to the District Court to determine
whether the remaining provisions of the ACA are invalid as well. It is unclear how this decision, future decisions, subsequent appeals, and other efforts to
repeal and replace the ACA will impact the ACA and our business. Congress may consider other legislation to repeal or replace elements of the ACA.
These actions may result in increased health insurance premiums and reduce the number of people with health insurance in the United States and have other
effects that could adversely affect U.S. health insurance markets and the ability of patients to have access to therapies that our product candidates can
provide.
63
In addition, other federal health reform measures have been proposed and adopted in the United States. For example, as a result of the Budget Control Act
of 2011 and subsequent legislative amendments thereto, providers are subject to Medicare payment reductions of 2% per fiscal year through 2029 unless
additional Congressional action is taken. Further, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 reduced Medicare payments to several providers and increased
the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. The Medicare Access and CHIP
Reauthorization Act of 2015 ended the use of the statutory formula, also referred to as the Sustainable Growth Rate, for clinician payment and also
introduced a quality payment program under which certain individual Medicare providers will be subject to certain incentives or penalties based on new
program quality standards also referred to as the Quality Payment Program. Payment adjustments for the Medicare quality payment program was set to
begin in 2019. This program provides clinicians with two ways to participate, including through the Advanced Alternative Payment Models, or APMs, and
the Merit-based Incentive Payment System, or MIPS. In November 2019, CMS issued a final rule finalizing the changes to the Quality Payment Program.
At this time, it is unclear how the introduction of the quality payment program will impact overall physician reimbursement under the Medicare program.
Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors.
Also, there has been heightened governmental scrutiny recently over pharmaceutical pricing practices in light of the rising cost of prescription drugs and
biologics. Such scrutiny has resulted in several recent Congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted federal and state legislation designed to, among
other things, bring more transparency to product pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform
government program reimbursement methodologies for products. At the federal level, the Trump administration’s budget proposal for fiscal year 2020
contain further drug price control measures that could be enacted during the budget process or in other future legislation, including, for example, measures
to permit Medicare Part D plans to negotiate the price of certain drugs under Medicare Part B, to allow some states to negotiate drug prices under Medicaid,
and to eliminate cost sharing for generic drugs for low-income patients. Further, the Trump administration released a “Blueprint” to lower drug prices and
reduce out of pocket costs of drugs that contains additional proposals to increase manufacturer competition, increase the negotiating power of certain
federal healthcare programs, incentivize manufacturers to lower the list price of their products and reduce the out of pocket costs of drug products paid by
consumers. The Department of Health and Human Resources has solicited feedback on some of these measures and, at the same, has implemented others
under its existing authority. For example, in May 2019, CMS issued a final rule to allow Medicare Advantage Plans the option of using step therapy for
Part B drugs beginning January 1, 2020. This final rule codified CMS’s policy change that was effective January 1, 2019. Although a number of these, and
other measures may require additional authorization to become effective, Congress and the executive branch have each indicated that it will continue to
seek new legislative and/or administrative measures to control drug costs. At the state level, legislatures have increasingly passed legislation and
implemented regulations designed to control pharmaceutical and biological product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints,
discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage
importation from other countries and bulk purchasing.
The combination of healthcare cost containment measures, increased health insurance costs, reduction of the number of people with health insurance
coverage, as well as future legislation and regulations focused on reducing healthcare costs by reducing the cost of, or reimbursement and access to,
pharmaceutical products, may limit or delay our ability to commercialize our products, generate revenue or attain profitability.
Our employees, independent contractors, consultants, commercial partners and vendors may engage in misconduct or other improper activities,
including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements.
We are exposed to the risk of employee fraud or other illegal activity by our employees, independent contractors, consultants, commercial partners and
vendors. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct that fails to: comply with the laws of the FDA and other
similar foreign regulatory bodies, provide true, complete and accurate information to the FDA and other similar foreign regulatory bodies, comply with
manufacturing standards we have established, comply with healthcare fraud and abuse laws in the United States and similar foreign fraudulent misconduct
laws, or report financial information or data accurately or to disclose unauthorized activities to us. If we obtain FDA approval of any of our product
candidates and begin commercializing those products in the United States, our potential exposure under such laws will increase significantly, and our costs
associated with compliance with such laws are also likely to increase. These laws may impact, among other things, our current activities with principal
investigators and research patients, as well as proposed and future sales, marketing and education programs. In particular, the promotion, sales and
marketing of healthcare items and services, as well as certain business arrangements in the healthcare industry, are subject to extensive laws designed to
prevent fraud, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting,
marketing and promotion, structuring and commission(s), certain customer incentive programs and other business arrangements generally. Activities
subject to these laws also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of patient recruitment for clinical trials.
64
Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements comply with applicable healthcare laws may involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental and
enforcement authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law interpreting
applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending
ourselves or in asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of significant civil, criminal and
administrative penalties, damages, disgorgement, monetary fines, imprisonment, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other
federal healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and curtailment of our operations, any of
which could adversely affect our ability to develop our business. In addition, the approval and commercialization of any of our product candidates outside
the United States will also likely subject us to foreign equivalents of the healthcare laws mentioned above, among other foreign laws.
We may not obtain or maintain the benefits associated with orphan drug designation, including market exclusivity.
Regulatory authorities in some jurisdictions, including the United States and the European Union, may designate drugs for relatively small patient
populations as orphan drugs. Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan designation to a drug or biologic intended to treat a rare disease or
condition, which is a disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or more than 200,000 individuals in the United
States for which there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making available in the United States a drug or biologic for this type of
disease or condition will be recovered from sales in the United States for that drug or biologic. Generally, a product that has orphan drug designation and
subsequently receives the first FDA approval for the disease for which it has such designation is entitled to orphan drug exclusive approval (or exclusivity),
which means that the FDA may not approve any other applications to market the same drug or biologic for the same indication for seven years, except in
limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan drug exclusivity. A designated orphan drug may not receive
orphan drug exclusivity if it is approved for a use that is broader than the indication for which it received orphan designation.
Even if we were to obtain orphan drug designation for a product candidate, we may not obtain orphan exclusivity and that exclusivity may not effectively
protect the drug from the competition of different drugs for the same condition, which could be approved during the exclusivity period. Additionally, after
an orphan drug is approved, the FDA could subsequently approve another application for the same drug for the same indication if the FDA concludes that
the later drug is shown to be safer, more effective or makes a major contribution to patient care. Orphan drug exclusive marketing rights in the United
States also may be lost if the FDA or European Medicines Agency (“EMA”) later determines that the request for designation was materially defective or if
the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient quantity of the drug to meet the needs of patients with the rare disease or condition. The failure to obtain an
orphan drug designation for any product candidates we may develop, the inability to maintain that designation for the duration of the applicable period, or
the inability to obtain or maintain orphan drug exclusivity could reduce our ability to make sufficient sales of the applicable product candidate to balance
our expenses incurred to develop it, which would have a negative impact on our operational results and financial condition.
New regulatory pathways for biosimilar competition could reduce the duration of market exclusivity for our products.
Under the federal ACA enacted in 2010, there is an abbreviated path in the United States for regulatory approval of products that are demonstrated to be
“biosimilar” or “interchangeable” with an FDA-approved biological product. The ACA provides a regulatory mechanism that allows for FDA approval of
biologic drugs that are similar to (but not generic copies of) innovative drugs on the basis of less extensive data than is required by a full BLA. Under this
regulation, an application for approval of a biosimilar may be filed four years after approval of the innovator product. However, qualified innovative
biological products will receive 12 years of regulatory exclusivity, meaning that the FDA may not approve a biosimilar version until 12 years after the
innovative biological product was first approved by the FDA. However, the term of regulatory exclusivity may not remain at 12 years in the United States
and could be shortened. A number of jurisdictions outside of the United States have also established abbreviated pathways for regulatory approval of
biological products that are biosimilar to earlier versions of biological products. For example, the European Union has had an established regulatory
pathway for biosimilars since 2005.
65
The increased likelihood of biosimilar competition has increased the risk of loss of innovators’ market exclusivity. Due to this risk, and uncertainties
regarding patent protection, if one of our late-stage product candidates or other clinical candidates are approved for marketing, it is not possible to predict
the length of market exclusivity for any particular product with certainty based solely on the expiration of the relevant patent(s) or the current forms of
regulatory exclusivity. It is also not possible to predict changes in United States regulatory law that might reduce biological product regulatory exclusivity.
The loss of market exclusivity for a product would likely materially and negatively affect revenues from product sales of that product and thus our financial
results and condition.
Changes in laws and regulations affecting the healthcare industry could adversely affect our business.
As described above, the ACA and potential regulations thereunder easing the entry of competing follow-on biologics into the marketplace, other new
legislation or implementation of existing statutory provisions on importation of lower-cost competing drugs from other jurisdictions, and legislation on
comparative effectiveness research are examples of previously enacted and possible future changes in laws that could adversely affect our business.
The current U.S. administration and Congress could carry out significant changes in legislation, regulation, and government policy (including with respect
to the possible repeal of all or portions of the ACA, possible changes in the existing treaty and trade relationships with other countries, and tax reform).
While it is not possible to predict whether and when any such changes will occur, changes in the laws, regulations, and policies governing the development
and approval of our product candidates and the commercialization, importation, and reimbursement of our product candidates could adversely affect our
business.
The price of our stock may be volatile.
Risks Related to our Securities
The trading price of our common stock may fluctuate substantially. The price of our common stock that will prevail in the market may be higher or lower
than the price at which our shares of common stock, depending on many factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be related to our
operating performance. These fluctuations could cause you to lose part or all of your investment in our common stock. Those factors that could cause
fluctuations include, but are not limited to, the following:
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
price and volume of fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;
fluctuations in stock market prices and trading volumes of similar companies;
actual or anticipated changes in our net loss or fluctuations in our operating results or in the expectations of securities analysts;
results of our preclinical studies and clinical trials or delays in anticipated timing;
the issuance of new equity securities pursuant to a future offering, including issuances of preferred stock;
announcements of new collaboration agreements with strategic partners or developments by our existing collaboration partners;
announcements of acquisitions, mergers or business combinations;
announcements of technological innovations, new commercial products, failures of products or product candidates, or progress toward
commercialization by our competitors or peers;
66
·
·
general economic conditions and trends;
positive and negative events relating to healthcare and the overall pharmaceutical and biotechnology sectors;
· major catastrophic events;
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
sales of large blocks of our stock and sales by insiders and our institutional investors;
departures of key personnel;
changes in the regulatory status of our immunotherapies, including results of our clinical trials;
events affecting BCM, Mayo Clinic, Mayo Foundation for Medical Education and Research or any future collaborators;
announcements of new product candidates or technologies, commercial relationships or other events by us or our competitors;
regulatory developments in the United States and other countries;
failure of our common stock to maintain listing requirements on Nasdaq;
the outcome of any litigation to which we are a party;
changes in accounting principles; and
discussion of the Company or our stock price by the financial and scientific press and in online investor communities.
In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that
company. Due to the potential volatility of our stock price, we may therefore be the target of securities litigation in the future. Securities litigation could
result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources from our business.
A limited public trading market may cause volatility in the price of our common stock.
The listing of our common stock on Nasdaq does not assure that a meaningful, consistent and liquid trading market currently exists or will exist in the
future. In recent years, the stock market has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have particularly affected the market prices of many
smaller companies like us. Our common stock is thus subject to this volatility. Sales of substantial amounts of common stock, or the perception that such
sales might occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock and our stock price may decline substantially in a short time and
our stockholders could suffer losses or be unable to liquidate their holdings. Our stock is thinly traded due to the limited number of shares available for
trading thus causing large swings in price. There is no established trading market for our warrants.
67
The market prices for our common stock may be adversely impacted by future events.
Market prices for our common stock will be influenced by a number of factors, including:
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
the issuance of new equity securities pursuant to a future offering, including issuances of shares upon the exercise of outstanding warrants or
the issuance of preferred stock;
changes in interest rates;
competitive developments, including announcements by competitors of new products or services or significant contracts, acquisitions,
strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;
variations in quarterly operating results;
change in financial estimates by securities analysts;
the depth and liquidity of the market for our common stock and warrants;
investor perceptions of us and the pharmaceutical and biotech industries generally; and
general economic and other national conditions.
Sales of additional equity securities may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and your rights may be reduced.
We expect to continue to incur drug development and sale, general and administrative costs. Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product
revenue, we expect to fund our cash requirements through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings and potential collaboration, license and
development agreements. We do not currently have a committed external source of funds. To the extent that we sell equity securities or convertible debt
securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your
rights as a common stockholder. The sale or the proposed sale of substantial amounts of our common stock or other equity securities in the public markets
may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Debt financing and preferred equity financing, if available, may involve agreements that
include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring
dividends.
If we raise additional funds through collaborations, strategic alliances or marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may be
required to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams, research programs or product candidates or to grant licenses on terms that
may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings when needed, we may be required to delay, limit,
reduce or terminate our drug development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market product candidates that we would
otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.
Because we have a significant number of additional authorized shares of common stock available for issuance and outstanding warrants to purchase
our common stock, our stockholders may experience dilution in the future and it may adversely affect the market price of our securities.
We are currently authorized to issue 150 million shares of our common stock. As of December 31, 2019, we had 45.7 million shares of our common stock
issued and outstanding. Those outstanding shares represent a minority of our authorized shares, meaning that the ownership position of the current
stockholders could be diluted significantly were we to issue a large number of additional shares. In addition, as of December 31, 2019, there were
outstanding warrants to purchase up to approximately 22.7 million shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $4.71 per share, and
options exercisable for an aggregate of approximately 5.0 million shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $7.79 per share. We have
registered the resale of the shares issuable upon exercise of our outstanding warrants, and as a result the shares issued upon exercise will be tradable by the
exercising party. Upon such registration, the holders may sell these shares in the public markets from time to time, without limitations on the timing,
amount, or method of sale. If our stock price rises, the holders may exercise their warrants and options and sell a large number of shares. This could cause
the market price of our common stock to decline and cause existing stockholders to experience significant further dilution.
68
The accounting treatment for certain of our warrants is complex and subject to judgments concerning the valuation of embedded derivative rights
within the applicable securities. Fluctuations in the valuation of these rights could cause us to take charges to our statement of operations and make
our financial results unpredictable.
Certain of our outstanding warrants contain or contained prior to being amended, or may be deemed to contain from time to time, embedded derivative
rights in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”). There is a risk that questions could arise from investors or regulatory
authorities concerning the appropriate accounting treatment of these instruments, which could require us to restate previous financial statements, which in
turn could adversely affect our reputation, as well as our results of operations. These derivative rights, or similar rights in securities we may issue in the
future, need to be, or may need to be, separately valued as of the end of each accounting period in accordance with GAAP. We record these embedded
derivatives as liabilities at issuance, valued using the Black Scholes Option Pricing Model and are subject to revaluation at each reporting date. Any change
in fair value between reporting periods is reported on our statement of operations. At December 31, 2019, the fair value of the derivative liability-warrants
was $31,000. Changes in the valuations of these rights, the valuation methodology or the assumptions on which the valuations are based could cause us to
take charges to our earnings, which would adversely impact our results of operations. Moreover, the methodologies, assumptions and related interpretations
of accounting or regulatory authorities associated with these embedded derivatives are complex and, in some cases uncertain, which could cause our
accounting for these derivatives, and as a result, our financial results, to fluctuate.
We do not intend to pay cash dividends.
We have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock, and we do not anticipate declaring or paying cash dividends for the foreseeable
future. Any future determination as to the payment of cash dividends on our common stock will be at our board of directors’ discretion and depends on our
financial condition, operating results, capital requirements and other factors that our board of directors considers to be relevant.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
We do not own any real estate or other properties. We lease office space at 3200 Southwest Freeway, Suite 2240, Houston, Texas 77027 on a three-year
agreement set to expire in November 2021 (the “Houston Office”), which is our principal business office. We also lease office space at 5 West Forsyth
Street, Suite 200, Jacksonville, Florida 32202 on a five-year agreement due to expire on June 30, 2022.
In January 2019, we leased a dedicated portion of an existing laboratory located at the Texas Medical Center in Houston for the purpose of conducting
laboratory research and other laboratory related activities. The laboratory, referred to as JLABS, was established by Johnson & Johnson at the Texas
Medical Center to provide space for research and development stage entities. We signed an 11-month lease, which renews for 3-month successive periods
for two dedicated suites and access to common space of approximately 20,000 square feet of the JLABS premises located at the Texas Medical Center.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
As of December 31, 2019, we were not a party to any material legal proceedings.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE
Not Applicable
69
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF
EQUITY SECURITIES
Market Information
Our common stock is listed for trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “MRKR”. As of February 28, 2020, we had 465 stockholders of
record whom are holding shares. The price of our common stock on February 28, 2020 was $2.47 per share.
Dividend Policy
No dividends have been declared or paid on our common stock. We have incurred recurring losses and do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends in
the foreseeable future.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
We did not record any issuances of unregistered securities during the fourth quarter of 2019.
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
We are a smaller reporting company as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act and are not required to provide the information required under this item.
70
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion of our financial condition, changes in financial condition, plan of operations and results of operations should be read in
conjunction with (i) our audited consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 and (ii) the section entitled “Business”,
included in this annual report. The discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may
differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors.
Company Overview
We are a clinical-stage immuno-oncology company specializing in the development and commercialization of novel T cell-based immunotherapies and
innovative peptide-based vaccines for the treatment of hematological malignancies and solid tumor indications. We developed our lead product candidates
from our MultiTAA-specific T cell technology, which is based on the selective expansion of non-engineered, tumor-specific T cells that recognize tumor
associated antigens, or TAAs, which are tumor targets, and then kill tumor cells expressing those targets. These T cells are designed to recognize multiple
tumor targets to produce broad spectrum anti-tumor activity. We are advancing two pipelines of product candidates as part of our MultiTAA-specific T cell
program: the autologous T cells for the treatment of lymphoma, multiple myeloma, or MM, and selected solid tumors and the allogeneic T cells for the
treatment of acute myeloid leukemia, or AML, and acute lymphoblastic leukemia, or ALL. Because we do not genetically engineer the MultiTAA-specific
T cell therapies, we believe that our product candidates are easier and less expensive to manufacture, with reduced toxicities, than current engineered
chimeric antigen receptor, or CAR-T, and T cell receptor-based therapies and may provide patients with meaningful clinical benefit. We are also developing
innovative peptide-based immunotherapeutic vaccines for the treatment of metastatic solid tumors.
We are pursuing post-transplant AML as the lead indication for our first company-sponsored MultiTAA-specific T cell program. The MultiTAA-specific T
cell therapy has been well tolerated in an ongoing Phase 1/2 clinical trial conducted by our strategic partner Baylor College of Medicine, or BCM. As
reported in March 2019, eleven of the thirteen patients in the adjuvant disease setting dosed with the MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy after receiving an
allogeneic stem cell transplant survived, ranging from 6 weeks to 2.5 years post-infusion, with nine of these remaining patients in continuing complete
remission, or CCR. Survival of the six patients with active disease ranged from 4 to 21 months, as compared to a historical survival rate of approximately
4.5 months for patients who receive the standard of care post-transplant.
We submitted an investigational new drug, or IND, application to the United States Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA to initiate a Phase 2 clinical
trial of MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy, which we refer to as MT-401, in post-allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell transplant patients with AML in both the
adjuvant and active disease setting, which may become pivotal pending the results of the interim analysis. The dose administered in this multicenter trial is
the current maximum tolerated dose from the ongoing Phase 1/2 trial. In the adjuvant setting, patients will be randomized to either MultiTAA-specific T
cell therapy at approximately 90 days post-transplant versus standard of care observation, while the active disease patients will receive MT-401 following
relapse post-transplant as part of a single-arm group. In February 2020, we announced that the FDA has permitted us to initiate our Phase 2 clinical trial
beginning with a safety lead-in portion of the trial.
We recently reported interim data for an ongoing Phase 1/2 clinical trial of the MultiTAA-specific T cell therapy for the treatment of pancreatic
adenocarcinoma being conducted by BCM. In this trial, we have observed a clinical benefit correlated with the post-infusion detection of tumor-reactive T
cells in patient peripheral blood and within tumor biopsy samples in patients in the tumor-resection arm of the trial. These T cells exhibited activity against
both targeted antigens and non-targeted TAAs, indicating induction of antigen spreading. To date, we have not observed any cytokine release syndrome or
neurotoxicity in this trial.
We are also evaluating the MultiTAA-specific T cell therapies in a Phase 2 clinical trial for the treatment of breast cancer and in Phase 1 clinical trials for
the treatment of ALL, lymphoma, MM and sarcoma, all of which are being conducted by BCM. As of December 2019, the MultiTAA-specific T cell
therapies have been generally well tolerated by all of the patients enrolled in clinical trials in hematological and solid tumor indications with no incidents of
cytokine release syndrome or neurotoxicity, which are frequently associated with CD19 CAR-T therapies. Based on our observations in clinical trials in
AML, pancreatic cancer, lymphoma, ALL and MM, we believe that the MultiTAA-specific T cell therapies have the potential to mediate a meaningful anti-
tumor effect, as well as significant in vivo expansion of T cells. We may initiate additional Phase 2 clinical trials investigating other indications in 2020 in
addition to our planned Phase 2 trial in post-transplant AML patients.
71
Financial Overview
Critical Accounting Policies
The consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP, which require the use of estimates, judgments and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts
of expenses in the periods presented. We believe that the accounting estimates employed are appropriate and resulting balances are reasonable; however,
due to inherent uncertainties in making estimates, actual results could differ from the original estimates, requiring adjustments to these balances in future
periods. The critical accounting estimates that affect the consolidated financial statements and the judgments and assumptions used are consistent with
those described under Note 3 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Form 10-K.
Research and Development Expenses
To date, our research and development expenses have related primarily to the development of our clinical platform and the identification and development
of our product candidates. Clinical and research and development expenses consist of expenses incurred in performing research and development activities,
cost of our clinical trials, including compensation, share-based compensation expense and benefits for research and development employees and
consultants, facilities expenses, overhead expenses, cost of supplies, manufacturing expenses, fees paid to third parties and other outside expenses.
Clinical costs are expensed as incurred. Costs and timing of clinical trials and development of our product candidates will depend on a variety of factors
that include, but are not limited to, the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
per patient clinical trial costs;
the number of patients that participate in the clinical trials;
the number of sites included in the clinical trials;
the length of time required to enroll eligible patients;
the number of doses that patients receive;
the drop-out or discontinuation rates of patients;
potential additional safety monitoring or other studies requested by regulatory agencies;
the duration of patient follow-up;
the efficacy and safety profile of the product candidates; and
the ability to successfully manufacture patient doses.
In addition, the potential for success of each product candidate will depend on numerous factors, including clinical trial outcomes, acceptance by regulatory
authorities, competition, manufacturing capability and commercial viability. We determine which programs to pursue and how much to fund each program
in response to ongoing scientific assessments, competitive developments, clinical trial results, as well as an assessment of each product candidate's
commercial potential. We anticipate our research and development costs will continue to increase over the next several years due to increased spending on
the clinical development and manufacturing of our product candidates.
72
General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and other related costs, including share-based compensation, for personnel in executive,
finance, accounting, business development, legal and human resources functions. Other significant costs include facility costs not otherwise included in
research and development expenses, legal fees relating to patent and corporate matters, insurance costs and professional fees for consultancy, accounting,
audit and investor relations.
We anticipate that our general and administrative expenses will increase in the future to support our continued research and development activities, and the
potential commercialization of our product candidates.
Income Taxes
We did not recognize any income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.
Other Income (Expense)
Other income (expense), net consists of interest income and change in fair value of warrant liabilities.
Results of Operations For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
The following table summarizes the results of our operations (rounded to the thousand except for per share amounts) for the years ended December 31,
2019 and 2018, together with the changes to those items:
Revenues:
Grant income
Total revenues
Operating expenses:
Research and development - intellectual property acquired
Research and development
General and administrative
Total operating expenses
Loss from operations
Other income (expense):
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities
Interest income
Net loss
Net loss per share, basic and diluted
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
Revenue
For the Years Ended
December 31,
2019
2018
Change
$
213,000 $
213,000
206,000 $
206,000
7,000
7,000
-
12,765,000
9,977,000
22,742,000
(22,529,000)
116,045,000
7,953,000
24,380,000
148,378,000
(148,172,000)
(116,045,000)
4,812,000
(14,403,000)
(125,636,000)
125,643,000
18,000
1,083,000
(40,000)
254,000
(21,428,000) $ (147,958,000) $
58,000
829,000
126,530,000
(0.47) $
45,588,000
(7.75) $
19,092,000
7.28
26,496,000
$
$
3%
3%
(100)%
61%
(59)%
(85)%
(85)%
(145)%
326%
(86)%
(94)%
139%
We did not generate any revenue during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively from the sales or licensing of our product candidates.
During the year ended December 31, 2019, we recognized $213,000 of revenue associated with a grant awarded to Mayo Foundation from the US
Department of Defense for the Phase 2 Clinical Trial of TPIV200 which Mayo paid to us for clinical supplies manufactured by us and provided for the
clinical trial funded by the grant. We refer to this grant as the Mayo Grant. During the year ended December 31, 2018, we also recognized $206,000 of
grant income from the Mayo Grant.
73
Operating Expenses
Operating expenses incurred during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 were $22.7 million compared to $148.4 million in the prior year. Significant
changes and expenditures in operating expenses are outlined as follows:
Research and Development Expense-Intellectual Property Acquired
Research and development – Intellectual Property Acquired, decreased $116.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2018 to $0 in the year ended
December 31, 2019, representing the fair market value of assets acquired by us in connection with the merger we completed in October 2018, or the
Merger. Because the Merger was accounted for as an asset acquisition and the assets acquired consisted of intellectual property that had not received
regulatory approval, the total purchase price was immediately expensed as in process research and development or intellectual property acquired.
Research and Development Expense
Research and development expenses increased by 61% to $12.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, compared to $8.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 2018.
The increase of $4.8 million in 2019 was primarily attributable to the following:
o
o
o
o
o
o
increase of $1.9 million in headcount-related expenses as we increased the number of research and development personnel,
increase of $1.9 million in clinical consulting and professional expenses,
increase of $1.4 million in research and development stock-based compensation expenses,
increase of $1.1 million in process development expenses,
increase of $0.1 million in other expenses, and
decrease of $1.6 million in clinical trial expenses due to the stages of ongoing clinical trials and the decreased number of active patients in
such trials.
General and Administrative Expenses
General and administrative expenses decreased by 59% to $10.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 from $24.4 million during the prior period.
The decrease of $14.4 million was primarily attributable to a decrease of $12.8 million in stock-based compensation expenses due to executive stock option
grants issued in fiscal year 2018, as well as the following:
o
o
o
o
increase of $0.8 million in headcount-related expenses as we increased the number of administrative personnel and also incurred a full
year of expenses during fiscal year 2019 for personnel hired during the second half of fiscal year 2018,
increase of $1.0 million in legal and professional fees,
increase of $0.3 million in office-related expenses, insurance and other general and administrative expenses, and
decrease of $3.7 million in merger-related expenses during fiscal year 2019.
74
Other Income (Expense)
Change in Fair Value of Warrant Liabilities
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $18,000 as compared to ($40,000) for the fiscal year ended December
31, 2018.
Interest Income
Interest income was approximately $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 and was attributable to interest income relating to funds that are
held in U.S. Treasury notes and U.S. government agency-backed securities. Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2018 was approximately $0.3
million.
Net Loss
We recorded a net loss of $21.4 million, or a net loss per share, basic and diluted of ($0.47) during the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to a net
loss of $148.0 million, or a net loss per share, basic and diluted of ($7.75) during the year ended December 31, 2018. The weighted average number of
shares outstanding, basic and diluted, was 45.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to 19.1 million for the year ended December 31,
2018. The decrease in our net loss in 2019, as compared to 2018, was due to research and development intellectual property acquired in 2018 in connection
with the Merger and a decrease in stock-based compensation in 2019, offset in 2019 by increased spending due to the continued expansion of our research
and development activities, increased clinical trials and manufacturing activities, and the overall growth of our corporate infrastructure. We anticipate that
we will continue to incur net losses in the future as we further invest in our research and development activities, including our clinical development of
MultiTAA-specific T cell product candidates. In addition, our general and administrative expenses decreased in 2019 mainly due to the decrease in stock-
based equity awards related to existing and new executives and key consultants.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
We have not generated any revenues from the sales or licensing of our product candidates since inception and only have limited revenue associated with
grants. We have financed our operations primarily through public and private offerings of our stock and debt including warrants and the exercise thereof.
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and working capital as of December 31, 2019 and 2018:
Cash and cash equivalents
Working capital
$
$
75
December 31,
2019
43,904,000 $
43,494,000 $
December 31,
2018
61,747,000
59,193,000
Cash Flows
The following table summarizes our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018:
Net Cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities
Investing activities
Financing activities
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
Operating Activities
For the Years Ended
December 31,
2019
2018
$
$
(18,284,000) $
(375,000)
816,000
(17,843,000) $
(14,480,000)
(148,000)
71,245,000
56,617,000
Net cash used in operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2019 was $18.3 million. The use of cash primarily related to our net loss of $21.4
million, in addition to the effect of changes in asset and liability accounts, including an increase in prepaid expenses and deposits of $1.4 million, a
decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $1.0 million, a decrease in interest receivable of $52,000 and a net increase in lease liabilities of $0.2
million.
Net cash used in operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2018 was $14.5 million. The use of cash primarily related to our net loss of
$148.0 million, in addition to the effect of changes in asset and liability accounts, including an increase in prepaid expenses and deposits of $0.1 million, an
increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $1.2 million and an increase in interest receivable of $0.1 million.
Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities was $0.4 million and $0.1 million for the purchase of property and equipment during the years ended December 31,
2019 and 2018, respectively.
Financing Activities
Net cash provided by financing activities was $816,000 during the year December 31, 2019, due primarily to the exercise of stock warrants and stock
options.
Net cash provided by financing activities was $71.2 million during the year December 31, 2018, due primarily to the following:
May 2018 Private Placement Transaction Common Stock Purchase Agreement
On May 18, 2018, we closed on the sale of 1,300,000 shares of common stock for $2.40 per share pursuant to a common stock purchase agreement with an
existing accredited investor in a private placement under Rule 506 of Regulation D. Aggregate gross proceeds were approximately $3.1 million.
May 2018 Exercise of Warrants Held by Existing Institutional Investors
On May 18, 2018, certain existing institutional investors agreed to exercise existing warrants for which we agreed to reduce the exercise price for a portion
of such warrants from $6.00, $9.00, $15.00 and $7.20, respectively, per share to $2.50 per share, provided that the investors exercise such warrants for cash
immediately. Such investors exercised warrants to purchase 782,506 shares. Aggregate proceeds of approximately $2.0 million.
76
October 2018 Private Placement Transaction
On October 17, 2018, concurrent with the completion of the Merger, we issued to certain accredited investors in a private placement transaction an
aggregate of 17,500,000 shares of our common stock and warrants to purchase 13,437,500 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $5.00 per share
with a five-year term. Aggregate proceeds were approximately $70.0 million.
Future Capital Requirements
To date, we have not generated any revenues from the commercial sale of approved drug products, and we do not expect to generate substantial revenue for
at least the next several years. If we fail to complete the development of our product candidates in a timely manner or fail to obtain their regulatory
approval, our ability to generate future revenue will be compromised. We do not know when, or if, we will generate any revenue from our product
candidates, and we do not expect to generate significant revenue unless and until we obtain regulatory approval of, and commercialize, our product
candidates. We expect our expenses to increase in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we continue the research and development of,
continue or initiate clinical trials of and seek marketing approval for our product candidates. In addition, if we obtain approval for any of our product
candidates, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution. We anticipate that we
will need substantial additional funding in connection with our continuing operations. If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on attractive terms,
we could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our research and development programs or future commercialization efforts.
As of December 31, 2019, we had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $43.9 million. Based on our revised clinical and research and development
plans and our revised timing expectations related to the progress of our programs, we expect that our cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2019
will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements into the second quarter of 2021. We have based this estimate on
assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could utilize our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Furthermore, our operating
plan may change, and we may need additional funds sooner than planned in order to meet operational needs and capital requirements for product
development and commercialization. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with the development and commercialization of our
product candidates and the extent to which we may enter into additional collaborations with third parties to participate in their development and
commercialization, we are unable to estimate the amounts of increased capital outlays and operating expenditures associated with our current and
anticipated clinical trials. Our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, as we:
•
•
•
•
•
initiate or continue clinical trials of our product candidates;
continue the research and development of our product candidates, seek to discover additional product candidates; seek regulatory approvals for
our product candidates if they successfully complete clinical trials;
establish sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure and scale-up manufacturing capabilities to commercialize any product candidates that
may receive regulatory approval;
evaluate strategic transactions we may undertake; and
enhance operational, financial and information management systems and hire additional personnel, including personnel to support
development of our product candidates and, if a product candidate is approved, our commercialization efforts.
Because all of our product candidates are in the early stages of clinical and preclinical development and the outcome of these efforts is uncertain, we cannot
estimate the actual amounts necessary to successfully complete the development and commercialization of product candidates or whether, or when, we may
achieve profitability. Until such time, if ever, that we can generate substantial product revenue, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination
of equity or debt financings and collaboration arrangements.
We plan to continue to fund our operations and capital funding needs through equity and/or debt financing. We may also consider new collaborations or
selectively partner our technology. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the ownership
interests of our stockholders will be diluted, and the terms may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of our existing
stockholders’ common stock. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased fixed payment obligations and could involve certain restrictive
covenants, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, limitations on our ability to acquire or license intellectual property rights and other
operating restrictions that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. If we raise additional funds through strategic partnerships and
alliances and licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies or product candidates or grant
licenses on terms unfavorable to us. We may also be required to pay damages or have liabilities associated with litigation or other legal proceedings
involving our company.
77
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition,
changes in financial condition, revenues, expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to investors.
Tax Loss and Credit Carryforwards
As of December 31, 2019, we have approximately $73.8 million of federal and $47.4 million of state net operating loss carryforwards that may be available
to offset future taxable income, if any. The federal net operating loss carryforwards of $41.9 million, if not utilized, will expire between 2029 and 2037.
The federal net operating loss carryforwards of $31.9 million generated in 2018 and thereafter are subject to an 80% limitation on taxable income, do not
expire and will carry forward indefinitely. The state net operating loss carryforwards of $21.9 million, if not utilized, will begin to expire in 2035. The state
net operating loss carryforwards of $25.5 million generated in 2018 and thereafter are subject to an 80% limitation on taxable income, do not expire and
will carry forward indefinitely. Any change in ownership greater than 50% under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code places significant annual
limitations on the use of such net operating loss carryforwards.
At December 31, 2019 and 2018, we recorded a 100% valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets of approximately $24.6 million and $20.0
million, respectively, as our management believes it is uncertain that they will be fully realized. If we determine in the future that we will be able to realize
all or a portion of our net operating loss carryforwards, an adjustment to valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets would increase net income in
the period in which we make such a determination.
Inflation
Inflation affects the cost of raw materials, goods and services that we use. In recent years, inflation has been modest. However, fluctuations in energy costs
and commodity prices can affect the cost of all raw materials and components. The competitive environment somewhat limits our ability to recover higher
costs resulting from inflation by raising prices. Although we cannot precisely determine the effects of inflation on our business, it is management’s belief
that the effects on future revenues and operating results will not be significant. We do not believe that inflation has had a material impact on our results of
operations for the periods presented, except with respect to payroll-related costs and other costs arising from or related to government-imposed regulations.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We are a smaller reporting company as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act and are not required to provide the information required under this item.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The Financial Statements are incorporated herein by reference to pages F-1 to F-27 at the end of this report and the supplementary data is not applicable.
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
We have had no changes in, or disagreements with our principal independent accountants.
78
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We have established disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the
supervision and with the participation of our management, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of
December 31, 2019 to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures
include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal
financial officer as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our management, with participation of our principal executive
officer and principal financial officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2019. Based on that
evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of
December 31, 2019 to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by us in this Annual Report was (a) reported within the
time periods specified by SEC rules and regulations and (b) communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding any required disclosure.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive, financial and
accounting officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019 based on the
framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework 2013 issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
Based on that evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2019.
Our independent registered public accounting firm, Marcum LLP, has issued an attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting. The report
on the audit of internal control over financial reporting is included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Cybersecurity
We utilize information technology for internal and external communications with vendors, clinical sites, banks, investors and shareholders. Loss, disruption
or compromise of these systems could significantly impact operations and results.
We are not aware of any material cybersecurity violation or occurrence. We believe our efforts toward prevention of such violation or occurrence, including
system design and controls, processes and procedures, training and monitoring of system access, limit, but may not prevent unauthorized access to our
systems.
Other than temporary disruption to operations that may be caused by a cybersecurity breach, we consider cash transactions to be the primary risk for
potential loss. We and our financial institution take steps to minimize the risk by requiring multiple levels of authorization and other controls.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) during the fiscal quarter
ended December 31, 2019 that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
79
Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Internal Controls
In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management does not expect that our internal control over financial reporting will
prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute,
assurance that the objectives of the control systems are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints,
and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. The design of any disclosure controls and procedures also is based in part upon
certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all
potential future conditions. Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, believes that our disclosure controls and
procedures and internal control over financial reporting are designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and are effective at the
reasonable assurance level. However, our management does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal control over financial
reporting will prevent all errors and all fraud.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
Award of 2019 Performance Bonuses and 2020 Equity Incentive Awards
On March 10, 2020, upon the recommendation of the compensation committee and pursuant to our 2014 Omnibus Stock Ownership Plan, our board of
directors approved options to purchase our common stock as (i) performance bonuses for 2019 performance and (ii) equity-based incentive awards to our
executive officers, as follows:
Name and Title
Peter L. Hoang
President and Chief Executive Officer
Anthony Kim
Chief Financial Officer
Juan Vera
Chief Development Officer
Mythili Koneru
Chief Medical Officer
Michael Loiacono
Chief Accounting Officer
Nadia Agopyan
Vice President, Regulatory Affairs
Gerald Garrett
Vice President, Clinical Operations
Lina Hoang
Vice President, Research & Development
Anna Szymanska
Vice President, Quality
Number of Shares of Common
Stock Underlying 2019
Performance Bonus Award
Number of Shares of Common
Stock Underlying 2020 Equity
Incentive Award
41,200
32,500
26,600
23,900
20,900
7,300
1,700
14,600
7,500
388,800
127,500
113,400
116,100
119,100
32,700
38,300
25,400
32,500
Each option award was granted with an exercise price of $2.12 per share, the closing price of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market on March
10, 2020, with the option award vesting in 48 equal monthly installments over a four-year period, subject to such executive officer’s continued service on
the applicable vesting date.
80
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
PART III
The information required by this item and not set forth below will be set forth in the sections headed “Election of Directors,” “Management and Named
Executive Officers” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in our definitive proxy statement for our 2019 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders, or our Proxy Statement, to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, and is
incorporated herein by reference.
We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive
officer, principal financial and accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, known as the Code of Ethics and Business
Conduct. The Code of Ethics and Business Conduct is available on our website at www.markertherapeutics.com under the Corporate Governance section of
our Investors page. If we make any substantive amendments to, or grant any waivers from, the code of business conduct and ethics for any officer or
director, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website or in a current report on Form 8-K.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this item will be set forth in the section headed “Executive Compensation-Compensation Discussion and Analysis” in our
Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS
The information required by this item will be set forth in the section headed “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and “Security Ownership of
Management and Certain Beneficial Owners” in our Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
The information required by Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K will be set forth in the section headed “Executive Compensation-Compensation Discussion and
Analysis” and “Board of Directors and Corporate Governance” in our Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this item will be set forth in the section headed “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Board of Directors and
Corporate Governance” in our Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this item will be set forth in the section headed “Independent Auditors’ Fees and Services” in our Proxy Statement and is
incorporated herein by reference.
81
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a) The documents filed as part of this report are as follows:
PART IV
1. The financial statements and accompanying report of independent registered public accounting firm are set forth immediately following the
signature page of this report on pages F-1 through F-27.
2. All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are inapplicable, not required or the information is included elsewhere in the financial
statements or the notes thereto.
3. The following is a list of exhibits filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Exhibit
number
Exhibit description
Form
File no.
Exhibit
EXHIBIT INDEX
Incorporated by Reference
Certificate of Incorporation
Bylaws of Marker Therapeutics, Inc.
Form of Common Stock Certificate of Marker
Therapeutics, Inc.
Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant
Form of Placement Agent Warrant Common Stock
Purchase Warrants-Series A
8-K
8-K
001-37939
000-37939
8-A/A
000-37939
8-K
8-K
000-27239
000-27239
Form of Placement Agent Warrant Common Stock
Purchase Warrants-Series C
8-K
000-27239
Form of Placement Agent Warrant Common Stock
Purchase Warrants-Series D
8-K
000-27239
3.4
3.6
4.1
4.1
4.6
4.8
4.9
Filed
herewith
Filing
date
10/17/18
10/17/18
10/17/18
8/14/14
1/12/15
1/12/15
1/12/15
Form of Placement Agent Warrant Common Stock
Purchase Warrants-Series E
Form of Placement Agent Warrant Common Stock
Purchase Warrants-Series A-1
Form of Placement Agent Warrant Common Stock
Purchase Warrants-Series E-1
Form of Amended Series A Warrant
Form of Amended Series C Warrant
4.10
Form of Amended Series D Warrant
8-K
000-27239
4.10
1/12/15
8-K
000-27239
4.6
3/10/15
8-K
000-27239
4.10
3/10/15
000-27239
000-27239
000-27239
4.2
4.3
4.4
8/11/16
8/11/16
8/11/16
8-K
8-K
8-K
82
3.1
3.2
4.0
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
Exhibit
number
Exhibit description
Form
File no.
Exhibit
Incorporated by Reference
4.11
Form of Amended Series E Warrant
4.12
Form of Amended Series A-1 Warrant
4.13
Form of Amended Series D-1 Warrant
4.14
Form of Series F Warrant
4.15
Form of Series F-1 Warrant
4.16
Form of August 2016 Private Placement Warrant
4.17
Form of 2016 Private Placement Agent Warrant
4.18
Form of June 2017 Private Placement Warrant
4.19
Form of 2017 Private Placement Agent Warrant
4.20
Form of Warrant Amendment Agreement August
2016 Private Placement
4.21
Form of Warrant Exercise Agreement
4.22
Form of Private Placement Warrant
4.23
Form of Private Placement Warrant
4.24
Form of Marker Warrant
4.25
Description of Common Stock of Marker
Therapeutics, Inc.
10.1
Form of Restructuring Agreement dated May 28, 2015
10.2
10.3
Amended and Restated Restructuring Agreement,
dated as of June 2, 2015
Form of Securities Purchase Agreement (including
registration rights)
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
000-27239
000-27239
000-27239
000-27239
000-27239
000-27239
000-27239
001-37939
001-37939
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.9
4.10
4.1
4.11
4.1
4.2
000-27239
10.3
Filed
herewith
Filing
date
8/11/16
8/11/16
8/11/16
8/11/16
8/11/16
8/11/16
8/11/16
6/22/17
6/22/17
8/11/16
001-37939
10.3
6/22/17
001-37939
001-37393
001-37939
4.1
4.2
2.1
000-27239
000-27239
10.1
10.1
6/8/18
6/8/18
5/15/18
6/3/15
6/5/15
X
8-K
001-37939
10.1
6/8/18
10.4
Registration Rights Agreement
8-K
001-37939
2.1
5/15/18
10.5
10.6
10.7
License and Assignment Agreement, dated July 21,
2015, with The Mayo Foundation for Medical
Education and Research**
License and Assignment Agreement with Mayo
Foundation for Medical Education and Research dated
May 19, 2016**
Exclusive License Agreement between Baylor College
of Medicine and Marker Therapeutics, Inc. dated
March 16, 2018***
10-Q
000-27239
10.1
8/14/15
10-Q
000-27239
10.1
8/15/16
10-K
001-37939
10.21
3/15/19
83
Exhibit
number
10.8
Exhibit description
Form
File no.
Exhibit
Filing
date
Filed
herewith
Incorporated by Reference
Sponsored Research Contract between Baylor College
of Medicine and Marker Therapeutics, Inc. dated
November 16, 2018***
10-K
001-37939
10.22
3/15/19
10.9
2009 Stock Incentive Plan*
DEF14-C
000-27239
B
2014 Omnibus Stock Ownership Plan, as amended
through August 29, 2017*
8-K
001-37939
10.1
1/29/10
9/5/17
Amendment to 2014 Omnibus Stock Ownership Plan,
as amended *
8-K
001-37939
4.4
10/17/18
10.10
10.11
10.12
Form of Stock Option Award Agreement –Employee*
10.13
10.14
10.15
10.16
10.17
10.18
10.19
10.20
10.21
10.22
10.23
Form of Stock Option Award Agreement – Non-
Employee Director*
Form of Stock Option Award Agreement –
Consultant*
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement –
Consultant*
Employment Agreement between TapImmune Inc.
and Peter Hoang dated as of September 22, 2017*
Employment Agreement by and between TapImmune
Inc. and Michael J. Loiacono dated as of August 25,
2016*
Amendment to Employment Agreement between
Marker Therapeutics, Inc. and Michael J. Loiacono
dated as of November 27, 2018*
Employment Agreement between Marker
Therapeutics, Inc. and Anthony Kim dated as of
November 27, 2018*
Consulting Agreement between Dr. Juan Vera and
Marker Therapeutics, Inc. dated October 19, 2018*
Form of Director and Officer Indemnification
Agreement*
Amendment to Employment Agreement between
Marker Therapeutics, Inc. and Peter Hoang, dated
March 14, 2019*
Employment Agreement between Marker
Therapeutics, Inc. and Mythili Koneru, dated February
6, 2019.*
21.1
List of Subsidiaries
23.1
Consent of Marcum LLP, an independent public
accounting firm.
8-K
S-8
001-37939
333-228056
10.3
10.1
10/23/18
10/30/18
8-K
001-37939
10.2
10/23/18
10-Q
000-27239
10.7
11/16/15
8-K
001-37939
10.1
9/25/17
8-K
000-27239
10.1
8/25/16
8-K
001-37939
10.2
12/3/18
8-K
001-37939
10.3
12/3/18
8-K
001-37939
10.1
10/23/18
10-K
001-37939
10.39
3/15/19
10-K
001-37939
10.40
3/15/19
10-Q
001-37939
10.3
5/10/2019
X
X
84
Exhibit
number
Exhibit description
Form
File no.
Exhibit
Filing
date
Filed
herewith
Incorporated by Reference
24.1
Powers of Attorney (included on signature page).
31.1
31.2
32.1
32.2
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Rule 13a-14(a) or
15d-14(a).
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Rule 13a-14(a) or
15d-14(a).
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to
18 U. S. C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18
U. S. C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section
906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
101.INS
XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase
Document
101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase
Document
101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
Document
101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase
Document
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
*Executive management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
** Confidential treatment has been granted as to certain portions of this exhibit pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Rule
24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
***Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted pursuant to a request for conditional treatment and this exhibit has been submitted
separately with the SEC.
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
None.
85
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 and 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
Dated: March 12, 2020
SIGNATURES
Marker Therapeutics, Inc.
By: /s/ Peter Hoang
Peter Hoang
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
By: /s/ Anthony Kim
Anthony Kim
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Each of the undersigned officers and directors of Marker Therapeutics, Inc., hereby constitutes and appoints Peter Hoang and Anthony Kim, their true and
lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for them and in their name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign their name to any and all amendments to this
Report on Form 10-K, and other related documents, and to cause the same to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said
attorneys, full power and authority to do and perform any act and thing necessary and proper to be done in the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes
as the undersigned could do if personally present, and the undersigned for himself hereby ratifies and confirms all that said attorney shall lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.
S-1
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on March 12, 2020 on
behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated.
Signature
/s/ Peter Hoang
Peter Hoang
/s/ Frederick Wasserman
Frederick Wasserman
/s/ David Laskow-Pooley
David Laskow-Pooley
/s/ John Wilson
John Wilson
/s/ Juan Vera
Juan Vera
/s/ N. David Eansor
N. David Eansor
/s/ Steve Elms
Steve Elms
/s/ Anthony Kim
Anthony Kim
Title
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
Date
March 12, 2020
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
March 12, 2020
March 12, 2020
March 12, 2020
March 12, 2020
March 12, 2020
March 12, 2020
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
March 12, 2020
S-2
MARKER THERAPETUICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2019
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
F-1
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of
Marker Therapeutics, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Marker Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the
related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31,
2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two
years in the period ended December 31, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB"), the Company's
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in 2013 and our report dated March 12, 2020, expressed an unqualified
opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial
statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the
Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the
PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing
procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to
those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits
also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the
financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ Marcum LLP
Marcum LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2014.
New York, NY
March 12, 2020
F-2
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of
Marker Therapeutics, Inc.
Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited Marker Therapeutics, Inc.'s (the “Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria
established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our
opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria
established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated
balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows and
the related notes for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2019 of the Company, and our report dated March 12, 2020 expressed an
unqualified opinion on those financial statements.
Basis for Opinion
The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of
internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying “Management Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting”. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm
registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over
financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and
testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other
procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control
over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are
being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial
statements.
Because of the inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that degree of compliance
with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ Marcum LLP
Marcum LLP
New York, NY
March 12, 2020
F-3
MARKER THERAPEUTICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Prepaid expenses and deposits
Interest receivable
Total current assets
Non-current assets:
Property, plant and equipment, net
Right-of-use assets, net
Total non-current assets
Total assets
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Lease liability
Warrant liability
Total current liabilities
Non-current liabilities:
Lease liability, net of current portion
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Commitments and contingencies (see Note 15)
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock - $0.001 par value, 5 million shares authorized and 0 shares issued and outstanding at December
31, 2019 and 2018, respectively
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 150 million shares authorized, 45.7 million and 45.4 million shares issued and
outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit
Total stockholders' equity
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
December 31,
2019
December 31,
2018
$
43,903,949 $
1,526,442
56,189
45,486,580
61,746,748
141,717
108,177
61,996,642
417,528
455,174
872,702
147,668
-
147,668
$
46,359,282 $
62,144,310
$
1,757,680 $
204,132
31,000
1,992,812
280,247
280,247
2,754,572
-
49,000
2,803,572
-
-
2,273,059
2,803,572
-
-
-
-
45,728
371,573,909
(327,533,414)
44,086,223
45,440
365,400,748
(306,105,450)
59,340,738
$
46,359,282 $
62,144,310
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-4
MARKER THERAPEUTICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Revenues:
Grant income
Total revenues
Operating expenses:
Research and development - intellectual property acquired
Research and development
General and administrative
Total operating expenses
Loss from operations
Other income (expense):
Change in fair value of warrant liabilities
Interest income
Net loss
Net loss per share, basic and diluted
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
For the Years Ended
December 31,
2019
2018
$
213,194 $
213,194
205,994
205,994
-
12,764,804
9,977,196
22,742,000
(22,528,806)
116,044,886
7,952,870
24,379,871
148,377,627
(148,171,633)
18,000
1,082,842
(40,000)
253,723
(21,427,964) $ (147,957,910)
(0.47) $
45,587,734
(7.75)
19,091,926
$
$
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-5
MARKER THERAPEUTICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Common Stock
Additional Paid- Accumulated
Par value
in Capital
Deficit
Total
Stockholders'
Equity
Balance at January 1, 2018
Issuance of common stock for research and development intellectual
property
Issuance of common stock and warrants in private placement
Fees and legal costs relating to private placement
Stock options exercised for cash
Stock warrants exercised for cash
Stock warrants cashless exercised
Stock-based compensation
Repurchase of common stock to pay for employee withholding taxes
Fair value of repriced warrants as inducement
Net loss
Balance at December 31, 2018
Stock options exercised for cash
Warrants exercised for cash
Stock warrants cashless exercised
Stock-based compensation
Net loss
Balance at December 31, 2019
Shares
10,615,724 $
13,914,255
18,800,000
-
10,416
1,499,324
280,760
327,786
(7,561)
-
-
45,440,704
11,980
190,258
9,449
76,440
-
45,728,831 $
10,616 $
161,067,538 $ (157,420,027) $
3,658,127
13,914
18,800
-
10
1,499
280
329
(8)
-
-
45,440
12
190
9
77
-
45,728 $
116,030,972
73,101,200
(6,175,000)
18,115
4,352,129
(280)
16,350,263
(71,702)
727,513
- 116,044,886
73,120,000
-
(6,175,000)
-
-
18,125
4,353,628
-
-
-
16,350,592
-
(71,710)
-
-
(727,513)
- (147,957,910) (147,957,910)
59,340,738
57,744
758,733
-
5,356,972
(21,427,964)
44,086,223
365,400,748 (306,105,450)
-
-
-
-
(21,427,964)
371,573,909 $ (327,533,414) $
57,732
758,543
(9)
5,356,895
-
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-6
MARKER THERAPEUTICS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net loss
Reconciliation of net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Changes in fair value of warrant liabilities
Stock-based compensation
Amortization on right-of-use assets
Research and development - intellectual property acquired
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Prepaid expenses and deposits
Interest receivable
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
Lease liability
Net cash used in operating activities
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
Purchase of property and equipment
Net cash used in investing activities
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock and warrants in private placement, net of offering costs
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
Proceeds from exercise of warrants, net of offering costs
Repurchase of common stock to pay for employee withholding taxes
Net cash provided by financing activities
Net (decrease) increase in cash
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
Supplemental schedule of non-cash financing activities:
Fair value of repriced warrants as inducement
Stock warrants cashless exercised
For the Years Ended
December 31,
2019
2018
$
(21,427,964) $ (147,957,910)
105,123
(18,000)
5,356,972
181,459
-
(1,384,725)
51,988
(963,967)
(185,179)
(18,284,293)
-
40,000
16,350,592
-
116,044,886
(90,567)
(108,177)
1,241,260
-
(14,479,916)
(374,983)
(374,983)
(147,668)
(147,668)
-
57,744
758,733
-
816,477
(17,842,799)
66,945,000
18,125
4,353,628
(71,710)
71,245,043
56,617,459
61,746,748
43,903,949 $
5,129,289
61,746,748
$
For the Years Ended
December 31,
2019
2018
$
$
- $
9 $
727,513
280
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-7
MARKER THERAPEUTICS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE FISCAL YEARS DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018
NOTE 1:
NATURE OF OPERATIONS
Marker Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company” or “we”), is a clinical-stage immuno-oncology company specializing in the
development and commercialization of novel T cell-based immunotherapies and innovative peptide-based vaccines for the treatment of hematological
malignancies and solid tumor indications. The Company’s MultiTAA-specific T cell technology is based on the selective expansion of non-engineered,
tumor-specific T cells that recognize tumor associated antigens, which are tumor targets, and kill tumor cells expressing those targets. These T cells are
designed to recognize multiple tumor targets to produce broad spectrum anti-tumor activity. The Company was incorporated in Nevada in 1992 and
reincorporated in Delaware in October 2018.
NOTE 2:
BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND MANAGEMENT PLANS
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
of America. Any reference in these footnotes to applicable guidance is meant to refer to the authoritative U.S. generally accepted accounting principles
(“GAAP”) as found in the Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) and Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) of the Financial Accounting Standards
Board (“FASB”).
The Company has not generated any revenue from product sales to date and, if the Company does not successfully obtain regulatory approval and
commercialize any of its product candidates, the Company will not be able to generate product revenue or achieve profitability.
The Company is subject to risks common to companies in the biotechnology industry and the future success of the Company is dependent on its ability to
successfully complete the development of, and obtain regulatory approval for its product candidates, manage the growth of the organization, obtain
additional financing necessary in order to develop, launch and commercialize its product candidates, and compete successfully with other companies in its
industry. These financial statements are presented in United States dollars and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). In the opinion of management, the accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect all
adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, considered necessary for a fair presentation of such annual results.
NOTE 3:
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Principles of Consolidation
These consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Marker Cell Therapy, Inc. and GeneMax
Pharmaceuticals Inc. – a dormant subsidiary that wholly owns GeneMax Pharmaceuticals Canada, Inc. All significant intercompany balances and
transactions are eliminated upon consolidation.
Use of Estimates
Preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect certain reported amounts and disclosures. Accordingly, actual results could differ materially from those estimates. Significant areas requiring
management’s estimates and assumptions include valuation allowance on deferred tax assets, determining the fair value of stock-based compensation and
stock-based transactions, the fair value of the components of the warrant liabilities and accrued liabilities.
F-8
Liquidity, Financial Condition and Management’s Plans
As of December 31, 2019, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $43.9 million. The Company’s activities since inception have
consisted principally of acquiring product and technology rights, raising capital, and performing research and development. Successful completion of the
Company’s development programs and, ultimately, the attainment of profitable operations are dependent on future events, including, among other things,
its ability to access potential markets; secure financing; successfully progress its product candidates through preclinical and clinical development; obtain
regulatory approval of one or more of its product candidates; maintain and enforce intellectual property rights; develop a customer base; attract, retain and
motivate qualified personnel; and develop strategic alliances and collaborations. From inception, the Company has been funded by a combination of equity
and debt financings.
The Company expects to continue to incur substantial losses over the next several years during its development phase. To fully execute its business plan,
the Company will need to complete certain research and development activities and clinical trials. Further, the Company’s product candidates will require
regulatory approval prior to commercialization. These activities will span many years and require substantial expenditures to complete and may ultimately
be unsuccessful. Any delays in completing these activities could adversely impact the Company. The Company plans to meet its capital requirements
primarily through issuances of debt and equity securities and, in the longer term, revenue from sales of its product candidates, if approved.
Based on the Company’s revised clinical and research and development plans and its revised timing expectations related to the progress of its programs, the
Company expects that its cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2019 will enable the Company to fund its operating expenses and capital
expenditure requirements into the second quarter of 2021. The Company has based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and the
Company could utilize its available capital resources sooner than it currently expects. Furthermore, the Company’s operating plan may change, and it may
need additional funds sooner than planned in order to meet operational needs and capital requirements for product development and commercialization.
Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with the development and commercialization of the Company’s product candidates and the
extent to which the Company may enter into additional collaborations with third parties to participate in their development and commercialization, the
Company is unable to estimate the amounts of increased capital outlays and operating expenditures associated with its current and anticipated clinical trials.
The Company’s future funding requirements will depend on many factors, as it:
·
·
·
·
·
·
·
initiates or continues clinical trials of its product candidates;
continues the research and development of its product candidates and seeks to discover additional product candidates;
seeks regulatory approvals for any product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials;
maintains and enforces intellectual property rights;
establishes sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure and scale-up manufacturing capabilities to commercialize any product candidates
that may receive regulatory approval;
evaluates strategic transactions the Company may undertake; and
enhances operational, financial and information management systems and hires additional personnel, including personnel to support
development of product candidates and, if a product candidate is approved, commercialization efforts.
.
Research and Development – Intellectual Property Acquired
The Company evaluates whether acquired intangible assets are a business under applicable accounting standards. Additionally, the Company evaluates
whether the acquired assets have an alternative future use. Intangible assets that do not have alternative future use are considered acquired in-process
research and development. When the acquired in-process research and development assets are not part of a business combination, the value of the
consideration paid is expensed on the acquisition date. Future costs to develop these assets are recorded to research and development expense as they are
incurred.
F-9
Cash, Cash Equivalents and Credit Risk
The Company considers highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash
equivalents at December 31, 2019 consisted of cash and certificates of deposit in institutions in the United States. Balances at certain institutions have
exceeded Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insured limits and U.S. government agency securities.
The Company maintains cash in accounts which are in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insured limits of $250,000. As of
December 31, 2019, approximately $0.1 million in cash was uninsured based upon the FDIC insurance coverage limits.
Property and Equipment
Leasehold improvements, furniture, equipment and software are recorded at cost and are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated
useful lives of the related assets, which range from three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the estimated useful life
or the remaining lease term.
Fair Value Measurements
The Company follows Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” (“ASC 820”) for the Company’s
financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at each reporting period and are re-measured and reported at fair value at least
annually using a fair value hierarchy that is broken down into three levels. Level inputs are defined as follows:
·
·
·
Level 1 - Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.
Level 2 - Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as unadjusted quoted prices for similar assets
and liabilities, unadjusted quoted prices in the markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by
observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or
liabilities, financial instruments and concentration of credit risk.
Patents and Patent Application Costs
Although the Company believes that its patents and underlying technology have continuing value, the amount of future benefits to be derived from the
patents is uncertain. Patent costs are, therefore, expensed as incurred.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company incurs stock-based compensation expense related to the issuance of common stock and stock options. The Company estimates the fair value
of stock options granted using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes option pricing model was developed for use in estimating the
fair value of traded options, which have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option valuation models require the input of highly
subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility and expected option life. The Company amortizes the fair value of the awards
expected to vest on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards. Expected volatility is based on historical volatility. The expected life
of options granted is based on historical expected life. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of grant. The
forfeiture rate is based on historical data. The dividend yield is based on the fact that no dividends have been paid historically and none are currently
expected to be paid in the foreseeable future:
F-10
Expected Term — The expected term of options represents the period that the Company’s stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding based
on the simplified method, which is the half-life from vesting to the end of its contractual term.
Expected Volatility — The Company computes stock price volatility over expected terms based on its historical common stock trading prices.
Risk-Free Interest Rate — The Company bases the risk-free interest rate on the implied yield available on U. S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with
an equivalent remaining term.
Expected Dividend — The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends on its common shares and does not plan to pay cash dividends
in the foreseeable future, and, therefore, uses an expected dividend yield of zero in its valuation models. The Company recognizes fair value of
stock options granted to nonemployees as stock-based compensation expense over the period in which the related services are received.
Research and Development Costs
Research and development expenses consist of expenses incurred in performing research and development activities, including compensation and benefits
for research and development employees and consultants, facilities expenses, overhead expenses, cost of laboratory supplies, manufacturing expenses, fees
paid to third parties and other outside expenses.
Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Clinical trial and other development costs incurred by third parties are expensed as the
contracted work is performed. The Company accrues for costs incurred as the services are being provided by monitoring the status of the clinical trial or
project and the invoices received from its external service providers. The Company estimates depend on the timeliness and accuracy of the data provided
by the vendors regarding the status of each project and total project spending. The Company adjusts its accrual as actual costs become known. Where
contingent milestone payments are due to third parties under research and development arrangements, the milestone payment obligations are expensed
when the milestone events are achieved.
Income Taxes
The Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized
for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax
balances. Potential deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to the taxable income in the years in which
those differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on potential deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in
the statement of operations in the period that includes the date of allowances against deferred tax assets.
Tax benefits are recognized only for tax positions that are more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. The amount recognized
is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely to be realized upon settlement. A liability for “unrecognized tax benefits”
is recorded for any tax benefits claimed in the Company’s tax returns that do not meet these recognition and measurement standards. As of December 31,
2019, and 2018, no liability for unrecognized tax benefits was required to be reported. The guidance also discusses the classification of related interest and
penalties on income taxes. The Company’s policy is to record interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions as a component of income tax expense. No
interest or penalties were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.
Warrant Liability
The Company evaluates options, warrants or other contracts to determine if those contracts or embedded components of those contracts qualify as
derivatives to be separately accounted for. This accounting treatment requires that the carrying amounts of embedded derivatives be marked-to-market at
each balance sheet date and carried at fair value. If the fair value is recorded as a liability, the change in fair value during the period is recorded in the
Statement of Operations as either income or expense. Upon conversion, exercise or modification to the terms of a derivative instrument, the instrument is
marked to fair value at the conversion date and then the related fair value is reclassified to equity.
In circumstances where the embedded conversion option in a convertible instrument is required to be bifurcated and there are also other embedded
derivative instruments in the convertible instrument that are required to be bifurcated, the bifurcated derivative instruments are accounted for as a single,
compound derivative instrument.
F-11
The classification of financial instruments, including whether such instruments should be recorded as liabilities or as equity, is re-assessed at the end of
each reporting period. Equity instruments that are initially classified as equity that become subject to reclassification are reclassified to liability at the fair
value of the instrument on the reclassification date. Derivative instrument liabilities will be classified in the balance sheet as current or non-current based
on whether or not net-cash settlement of the derivative instrument is expected within 12 months of the balance sheet date.
Management must determine whether an instrument (or an embedded feature) is indexed to the Company’s own stock. An entity should use a two-step
approach to evaluate whether an equity-linked financial instrument (or embedded feature) is indexed to its own stock, including evaluating the instrument’s
contingent exercise and settlement provisions. This exercise affects the accounting for (i) certain freestanding warrants that contain exercise price
adjustment features and (ii) convertible notes containing full-ratchet and anti-dilution protections (iii) certain free-standing warrants that contain
contingently putable cash settlement.
Grant Income
The Company recognizes grant income in accordance with the terms stipulated under the grant awarded to the Company’s collaborators at the Mayo
Foundation from the U. S. Department of Defense. In various situations, the Company receives certain payments from the U.S. Department of Defense for
reimbursement of clinical supplies. These payments are non-refundable and are not dependent on the Company’s ongoing future performance. The
Company has adopted a policy of recognizing these payments when received and as revenue in accordance with Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-
09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)” issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board.
Loss per Common Share
Basic loss per share includes only the weighted average common shares outstanding, without consideration of potentially dilutive securities. Diluted loss
per share includes the weighted average common shares outstanding and any potentially dilutive common stock equivalent shares in the calculation.
New Accounting Standards
From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) or other standard setting bodies that
we adopt as of the specified effective date. Unless otherwise discussed, the Company does not believe that the impact of recently issued standards that are
not yet effective will have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations upon adoption.
Recent Accounting Standards Adopted in the Year
Leases
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) in order to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by, among
other provisions, recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet for those leases classified as operating leases under previous GAAP. For
public companies, ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 (including interim periods within those periods) using a
modified retrospective approach and early adoption is permitted. In transition, entities may also elect a package of practical expedients that must be applied
in its entirety to all leases commencing before the adoption date, unless the lease is modified, and permits entities to not reassess (a) the existence of a
lease, (b) lease classification or (c) determination of initial direct costs, as of the adoption date, which effectively allows entities to carryforward accounting
conclusions under previous U.S. GAAP. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-11, Leases (Topic 842): Targeted Improvements, which provides entities
an optional transition method to apply the guidance under Topic 842 as of the adoption date, rather than as of the earliest period presented. The Company
adopted Topic 842 on January 1, 2019, using the optional transition method to apply the new guidance as of January 1, 2019, rather than as of the earliest
period presented, and elected the package of practical expedients described above. Based on the analysis, on January 1, 2019, the Company recorded right
of use assets of approximately $637,000, lease liability of approximately $670,000 and eliminated deferred rent of approximately $33,000.
F-12
Improvements to Non-Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting
In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07 “Improvements to Non-employee Share-Based Payment Accounting”, which simplifies the accounting for
share-based payments granted to non-employees for goods and services. Under the ASU, most of the guidance on such payments to non-employees would
be aligned with the requirements for share-based payments granted to employees. The amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December
15, 2019, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. The Company has early adopted the new standard effective January 1,
2019 and the adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
Recent Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted
Income Taxes
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (“ASU 2019-12”),
which is intended to simplify various aspects related to accounting for income taxes. ASU 2019-12 removes certain exceptions to the general principles in
Topic 740 and also clarifies and amends existing guidance to improve consistent application. This guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods
within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2020, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this
standard on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
NOTE 4:
ASSET ACQUISITION
The Asset Acquisition
On October 17, 2018, the Company completed its acquisition with Marker Cell Therapy, Inc., formerly known as Marker Therapeutics, Inc., a privately-
held Delaware corporation (“Marker Cell”), in accordance with the terms of an Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization dated as of May 15,
2018 (the “Merger Agreement”) by and among the Company, Timberwolf Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of the
Company (“Merger Sub”), and Marker. On October 17, 2018, pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Merger Sub was merged with and into Marker Cell (the
“Merger”), with Marker Cell being the surviving corporation and becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. In connection with the Merger, the
Company changed its name to Marker Therapeutics, Inc. and Marker Cell changed its name to Marker Cell Therapy, Inc. At the effective time of the
Merger, the former Marker Cell stockholders received (i) an aggregate of 13,914,255 shares of the Company’s common stock which equaled the number of
shares of the Company’s common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger, and (ii) an aggregate of 5,046,003
warrants which equaled the number of the Company’s warrants and stock options issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the
Merger.
Securities Purchase Agreements
On October 17, 2018, concurrent with the completion of the Merger, the Company issued to certain accredited investors in a private placement transaction
(the “Financing”), an aggregate of 17,500,000 shares of its common stock, and warrants to purchase 13,437,500 shares of common stock at an exercise
price of $5.00 per share with a five-year term, for gross proceeds of $70 million pursuant to the terms of the Securities Purchase Agreements, dated June 8,
2018, by and among the Company and certain accredited investors (the “Securities Purchase Agreements”).
F-13
Accounting Treatment
Because Marker’s intellectual property had not yet received regulatory approval, the $116.0 million purchase price paid for these assets was expensed in the
Company’s statement of operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018. The Common Stock issued for the asset acquisition was valued at $116.0
million which is equal to the 13,914,255 common shares issued to Marker multiplied by $8.34, the closing price of the Company’s Common Stock as of
October 17, 2018.
NOTE 5:
NET LOSS PER SHARE APPLICABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS
Net Loss per Share Applicable to Common Stockholders
Basic loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the reporting period.
Diluted loss per common share is computed similarly to basic loss per common share except that it reflects the potential dilution that could occur if dilutive
securities or other obligations to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock.
The following table sets forth the computation of loss per share for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively:
Numerator:
Net loss
Denominator:
Weighted average common shares outstanding
Net loss per share data:
Basic and diluted
For the Years Ended
December 31,
2019
2018
$
(21,427,964) $ (147,957,910)
45,587,734
19,091,926
$
(0.47) $
(7.75)
The following securities, rounded to the thousand, were not included in the diluted net loss per share calculation because their effect was anti-dilutive for
the periods presented:
Common stock options
Common stock purchase warrants
Common stock warrants - liability treatment
Potentially dilutive securities
F-14
For the Years Ended
December 31,
2019
4,983,000
22,605,000
59,000
27,647,000
2018
4,120,000
22,989,000
27,000
27,136,000
NOTE 6:
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment consist of the following as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively:
Lab equipment
Computers, equipment and software
Office furniture
Leasehold improvements
Total
Less: accumulated depreciation
Property and equipment, net
Estimated Useful Lives
5 Years
3-5 Years
5 Years
Lesser of lease term or estimated
useful life
$
$
December 31,
2019
December 31,
2018
111,000 $
211,000
178,000
23,000
523,000
(105,000)
418,000 $
-
66,000
82,000
-
148,000
-
148,000
Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $105,000. Furniture and computer equipment were placed in use on January 1, 2019
therefore no depreciation expense was recorded during the year ended December 31, 2018.
NOTE 7:
LEASES
The Company leases office space under agreements classified as operating leases that expire on various dates through 2022. All of the Company’s lease
liabilities result from the lease of its corporate headquarters in Houston, Texas, which expires in 2021, and its Jacksonville, Florida office space, which
expires in 2022. Such leases do not require any contingent rental payments, impose any financial restrictions, or contain any residual value guarantees.
Certain of the Company’s leases include renewal options and escalation clauses; renewal options have not been included in the calculation of the lease
liabilities and right of use assets as the Company is not reasonably certain to exercise the options. Variable expenses generally represent the Company’s
share of the landlord’s operating expenses. The Company does not act as a lessor or have any leases classified as financing leases.
The Company excludes short-term leases having initial terms of 12 months or less from the new accounting guidance as an accounting policy election and
recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, the Company had two lease
agreements, an office at the Florida Atlantic Research and Development Authority and laboratory space located at the Texas Medical Center in Houston,
which are included in short-term lease expense below.
At December 31, 2019, the Company had operating lease liabilities of approximately $484,000 and right of use assets of approximately $455,000, which
were included in the consolidated balance sheet.
The following summarizes quantitative information about the Company’s operating leases:
F-15
Operating lease expense summary:
Operating lease expense
Short-term lease expense
Variable lease expense
Total
Other information:
Operating cash flows from operating leases for the twelve months ended December 31, 2019
Right of use assets exchanged for new operating lease liabilities as of adoption date
Weighted-average remaining lease term as of December 31, 2019 – operating leases
Weighted-average discount rate as of adoption date – operating leases
Maturities of the Company’s operating leases, excluding short-term leases, are as follows:
Year ended December 31, 2020
Year ended December 31, 2021
Year ended December 31, 2022
Total
Less present value discount
Operating lease liabilities included in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2019
For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2019
$
$
$
$
220,000
100,000
90,000
410,000
225,000
670,000
1.6
6.8%
$
$
$
231,000
226,000
68,000
525,000
(41,000)
484,000
Total rental expense under the Company’s operating leases was $220,000 and $175,600 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
F -16
NOTE 8: ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of the following as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively:
December 31,
2019
Accounts payable
Compensation and benefits
Professional fees
Technology license fees
Investor relations fees
Other
Total accounts payable and accrued liabilities
NOTE 9: WARRANT LIABILITY
$
$
December 31,
2018
1,619,000
416,000
236,000
80,000
297,000
106,000
2,754,000
993,000 $
323,000
94,000
105,000
-
243,000
1,758,000 $
A weighted average summary of quantitative information with respect to valuation methodology and significant unobservable inputs used for the
Company’s common stock purchase warrants that are categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy for the years ended 2019 and 2018,
respectively:
Exercise price
Contractual term (years)
Volatility (annual)
Risk-free rate
Dividend yield (per share)
Weighted Average Inputs
For the Years Ended
December 31,
2019
2018
$
$
6.92
0.05
83%
2%
0%
9.72
1.08
99%
2%
0%
The foregoing assumptions are recalculated every reporting period and are subject to change based primarily on management’s assessment of the
probability of the events described occurring. Accordingly, changes to these assessments could materially affect the valuations.
The following table presents changes in Level 3 warrant liabilities, reflected in accrued expenses measured at fair value for the years ended December 31,
2019 and 2018, respectively:
Balance – January 1, 2018
Change in fair value of warrant liability
Balance – December 31, 2018
Change in fair value of warrant liability
Balance – December 31, 2019
Warrant
Liability
9,000
$
40,000
49,000
(18,000)
31,000
$
F -17
NOTE 10: FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below and disclosed on the balance sheet under warrant liability:
Quoted prices in active
markets
(Level 1)
Fair value measured at December 31, 2019
Significant other
observable inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
unobservable inputs
(Level 3)
Fair value at
December 31, 2019
Quoted prices in active
markets
(Level 1)
- $
- $
- $
31,000 $
31,000
Fair value measured at December 31, 2018
Significant other
observable inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
unobservable inputs
(Level 3)
Fair value at
December 31, 2018
- $
49,000 $
49,000
Warrant liability
$
Warrant liability
$
There were no transfers between Level 1, 2 or 3 during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
The valuation of warrants is subjective and is affected by changes in inputs to the valuation model including the price per share of common stock, the
historical volatility of the stock price, risk-free rates based on U. S. Treasury security yields, the expected term of the warrants and dividend yield. Changes
in these assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate. The Company could ultimately incur amounts to settle the warrant at a cash settlement
value that is significantly different than the carrying value of the liability on the financial statements. The Company will continue to classify the fair value
of the warrants as a liability until the warrants are exercised, expire, or are amended in a way that would no longer require these warrants to be classified as
a liability. Changes in the fair value of the common stock warrants liability are recognized as a component of other income (expense) in the Statements of
Operations.
The net cash settlement value at the time of any future transactions, where the Company consolidates or merges with another entity, will depend upon the
value of the following inputs at that time: the consideration value per share of the Company’s common stock, the volatility of the Company’s common
stock, the remaining term of the warrant from announcement date, the risk-free interest rate based on U. S. Treasury security yields, and the Company’s
dividend yield. The warrant requires use of a volatility assumption equal to the greater of 100% and the 100-day volatility function determined as of the
trading day immediately following announcement of a Fundamental Transaction.
NOTE 11: STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Preferred Stock
The Company has authorized up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share, for issuance. The preferred stock will have such rights,
privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, as shall be determined by
the Company’s board of directors upon its issuance. To date, the Company has not issued any preferred shares.
Common Stock
The Company has authorized up to 150,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, for issuance. Significant 2019 and 2018 common
stock transactions were as follows:
2019 Common Stock Transactions
Consulting Arrangements
During the twelve months ended December 31, 2019, the Company issued 47,400 shares of common stock in connection with consulting agreements. The
fair value of the common stock of approximately $265,000 was recognized as stock-based compensation expense in general and administrative expenses.
F -18
Board Compensation
During the twelve months ended December 31, 2019, the Company issued an aggregate of 29,040 shares of common stock to its non-employee directors.
The fair value of the common stock of approximately $174,000 was recognized as stock-based compensation expense in general and administrative
expenses.
2018 Common Stock Transactions
The Merger
Pursuant to the Merger discussed in Note 4 above, the Company issued 13,914,255 shares of common stock to shareholders of Marker Cell Therapy, Inc.
The fair market value of the shares issued pursuant to the merger was $116.0 million.
Securities Purchase Agreements
Pursuant to the financing discussed in Note 4 above, the Company issued 17,500,000 shares of its common stock to the participating accredited investors.
Net proceeds, after transaction offering costs of $6.2 million, were $63.8 million.
Common Stock Purchase Agreement
On May 14, 2018, the Company’s largest stockholder Eastern Capital Limited entered into a Common Stock Purchase Agreement with the Company
pursuant to which it purchased 1,300,000 shares of common stock at a price per share of $2.40 providing gross proceeds to the Company of $3.12 million.
Exercise and Repricing of Warrants Held by Existing Institutional Investors
On May 14, 2018, certain institutional holders of outstanding warrants entered into Warrant Exercise Agreements with the Company that provide for an
amendment to the exercise price of the warrants being exercised at $2.50 per share. Upon closing of the Warrant Exercise Agreements, such institutional
holders immediately exercised warrants for 782,505 shares of common stock providing aggregate proceeds to the Company of approximately $2.0 million.
The fair value relating to the modification of exercise prices on the repriced and exercised warrants was treated as deemed dividend on the statement of
stockholders’ equity of $728,000.
A weighted average summary of quantitative information with respect to valuation methodology and significant unobservable inputs used for the
Company’s common stock purchase warrants that are included in the modification is as follows:
Exercise price
Contractual term (years)
Volatility (annual)
Risk-free rate
Dividend yield (per share)
Weighted Average Inputs
Before
Modification
9.93
$
2.37
After
Modification
2.50
$
2.37
79%
1.5%
0%
79%
1.5%
0%
F -19
Exercise of Stock Warrants
In addition to the exercise and repricing of warrants discussed above, during the twelve months ended December 31, 2018, certain outstanding warrants
were exercised by warrant holders providing aggregate proceeds to the Company of approximately $2.4 million and resulted in the issuance of 716,819
shares of common stock.
Additionally, 280,760 of the stock warrants exercised were exercised on a cashless basis, which resulted in approximately 204,000 of warrant shares being
cancelled due to use of cashless exercise provisions.
Exercise of Stock Options
In January 2018, 10,416 shares of common stock were issued pursuant to stock option exercises at an exercise price equal to $1.74 per share.
Consulting Arrangements
During the twelve months ended December 31, 2018, the Company issued 274,012 shares of common stock in connection with consulting agreements. The
fair value of the common stock of approximately $1.8 million was recognized as stock-based compensation expense, $1.7 million in general and
administrative expenses and $0.1 million in research and development expenses.
2018 Management and Board Compensation
During the twelve months ended December 31, 2018, the Company issued 53,774 shares of common stock in connection with board of director and
management agreements. The fair value of the common stock of approximately $0.5 million was recognized as stock-based compensation expense in
general and administrative expenses. 7,561 shares of common stock, with a fair value of $0.1 million, were withheld to satisfy certain payroll liabilities, as
applicable to an award to a former director.
NOTE 12: WARRANTS
Share Purchase Warrants
A summary of the Company’s share purchase warrants as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and changes during the period is presented below:
Weighted
Average
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Exercise Price Life (in years)
Total Intrinsic
Value
Number of
Warrants
Balance - January 1, 2018
Warrants granted
Exercised for cash
Cashless exercised
Expired or cancelled
Balance -December 31, 2018
Warrants granted
Exercised for cash
Cashless exercise
Expired or cancelled
Balance - December 31, 2019
2019 Warrant Transactions
Exercise of Stock Warrants
6,520,000 $
18,484,000
(1,499,000)
(281,000)
(208,000)
23,016,000
45,000
(190,000)
(17,000)
(190,000)
22,664,000 $
6.11
4.45
6.79
4.03
4.00
4.78
4.26
3.99
2.38
13.63
4.71
3.16 $
-
-
-
-
4.29
-
-
-
-
3.33 $
1,733,000
-
-
-
-
26,066,000
-
-
-
-
954,000
During the twelve months ended December 31, 2019, certain outstanding warrants were exercised for 190,258 shares of common stock providing aggregate
proceeds to the Company of approximately $759,000.
F -20
Additionally, during the twelve months ended December 31, 2019, the Company issued 9,449 shares of common stock upon cashless exercises of stock
warrants, which resulted in cancellation of 7,211 shares of common stock subject to such warrants.
2018 Warrant Transactions
The Merger
Pursuant to the Merger discussed in Note 4 above, the Company issued 5,046,003 stock warrants to shareholders of Marker Cell Therapy, Inc. at an
exercise price of $2.99 per share with a five-year term.
Securities Purchase Agreements
Pursuant to the financing discussed in Note 4 above, the Company issued 13,437,500 stock warrants to certain accredited investors at an exercise price of
$5.00 per share with a five-year term.
Exercise and Repricing of Warrants Held by Existing Institutional Investors
On May 14, 2018, certain institutional holders of outstanding warrants entered into Warrant Exercise Agreements with the Company that provide for an
amendment to the exercise price of the warrants being exercised at $2.50 per share. Upon closing of the Warrant Exercise Agreements, such institutional
holders immediately exercised warrants for 782,505 shares of common stock providing aggregate proceeds to the Company of approximately $2.0 million.
The fair value relating to the modification of exercise prices on the repriced and exercised warrants was treated as deemed dividend on the statement of
stockholders’ equity of $728,000.
A weighted average summary of quantitative information with respect to valuation methodology and significant unobservable inputs used for the
Company’s common stock purchase warrants that are included in the modification is as follows:
Exercise price
Contractual term (years)
Volatility (annual)
Risk-free rate
Dividend yield (per share)
Exercise of Stock Warrants
Weighted Average Inputs
Before
Modification
9.93
$
2.37
After
Modification
2.50
$
2.37
79%
1.5%
0%
79%
1.5%
0%
In addition to the exercise and repricing of warrants discussed above, during the twelve months ended December 31, 2018, certain outstanding warrants
were exercised by warrant holders providing aggregate proceeds to the Company of approximately $2.4 million and resulted in the issuance of 716,819
shares of common stock.
Additionally, 280,760 of the stock warrants exercised were exercised on a cashless basis, which resulted in approximately 204,000 of warrant shares being
cancelled due to use of cashless exercise provisions.
F -21
NOTE 13: STOCK OPTION PLANS
Options to Purchase Shares of Common Stock
2014 Stock Omnibus Plan
On March 19, 2014, the Board adopted the 2014 Omnibus Stock Option Plan (“2014 Plan”), which replaced the 2009 Stock Incentive Plan. The 2014 Plan
allowed for grants of stock options, restricted shares, stock bonuses and other equity-based awards to employees and non-employee directors of the
Company. Awards under the 2014 Plan may be at prices and for terms as determined by the Board of Directors and may have vesting requirements as
determined by the Board, provided that the exercise price for any stock option must be at least equal to the fair market value (as defined in the 2014 Plan)
of a share of the stock on the grant date. Once granted, the exercise price of an option may not be reduced without the approval of the Company’s
stockholders, other than under certain limited circumstances such as a stock split or take any other action with respect to a stock option that would be
treated as a repricing under the rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange.
The 2014 Plan was amended in February 2015 to provide for grants to consultants, and again in November 2015 to (i) increase the number of shares
reserved for issuance under the Plan to 0.6 million shares; (ii) provide the Board and Committee administering the Plan with full discretion on the vesting
period for Service-Vesting Awards under the Plan, including the grant of Awards with less than the Minimum Vesting Requirement (as such terms are
defined in the Plan), and (iii) provide the Board and Committee administering the Plan with the ability to grant stock bonuses to executive officers.
On August 29, 2017, the 2014 Plan was amended to increase the shares reserved under the Plan to 1.4 million shares, and on October 16, 2018 the 2014
Plan was amended to increase the shares reserved under the Plan to 8.0 million shares. As of December 31, 2019, approximately 2.5 million options are
available to be issued from the 2014 Plan.
F -22
Stock Options
A summary of the Company’s stock option activity is as follows for stock options:
Number of
Shares
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
Total
Intrinsic
Value
Outstanding as of January 1, 2018
Granted
Exercised
Canceled
Outstanding as of December 31, 2018
Granted
Exercised
Canceled
Outstanding as of December 31, 2019
Options vested and exercisable
489,255 $
3,704,855
(10,416)
(63,226)
4,120,468
1,172,500
(11,980)
(297,674)
4,983,314 $
1,281,957 $
7.08 $
8.89
1.74
6.00
8.59 $
4.70
4.82
8.15
7.79 $
8.34 $
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in years)
8.1
9.8
-
-
9.1
9.5
-
-
8.9
8.6
42,000
-
-
-
339,000
-
-
-
18,000
18,000
The Black-Scholes option pricing model is used to estimate the fair value of stock options granted under the Company’s share-based compensation plans.
The weighted average assumptions used in calculating the fair values of stock options that were granted during the years ended December 31, 2019 and
2018, respectively, were as follows:
Exercise price
Expected term (years)
Expected stock price volatility
Risk-free rate of interest
Expected dividend rate
$
For the Years Ended
December 31,
2019
2018
$
4.70
6.0
126%
2%
0%
8.89
10.0
200%
3%
0%
The following table sets forth stock-based compensation expenses recorded during the respective periods:
Stock Compensation expenses:
Research and development
General and administrative
Total stock compensation expenses
For the Years Ended
December 31,
2019
2018
$
$
2,574,000 $
2,783,000
5,357,000 $
1,265,000
15,086,000
16,351,000
At December 31, 2019, the total stock-based compensation cost related to unvested awards not yet recognized was $14.9 million. The expected weighted
average period compensation costs to be recognized was 3.0 years. Future option grants will impact the compensation expense recognized.
F-23
NOTE 14:
GRANT INCOME
During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company received $0.2 million of a grant awarded to Mayo Foundation from the U.S.
Department of Defense for the Phase II Clinical Trial of TPIV200. The grant compensated the Company for clinical supplies manufactured and provided by
the Company for the clinical study. In accordance with Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)”
issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Company recorded the $0.2 million of grant income as revenue.
NOTE 15:
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
An arbitration proceeding was brought against the Company before the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. by a broker seeking to be paid
approximately $1 million as compensation for two 2018 transactions, a warrant conversion and a private placement brokered by another broker. The
broker’s claims are based on a placement agent agreement for a private placement it brokered in 2017, under which it alleges it is entitled to compensation
for the 2018 transactions. The Company believes it has defenses to all of the allegations and intends to vigorously defend itself in this matter.
NOTE 16:
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
From time to time, the Company may be party to ordinary, routine litigation incidental to their business. The Company knows of no material, active or
pending legal proceedings against the Company, nor is the Company involved as a plaintiff in any material proceeding or pending litigation. There are no
proceedings in which any of the Company’s directors, officers or affiliates, or any registered or beneficial shareholder, is an adverse party or has a material
interest adverse to the Company’s interest.
NOTE 17:
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The following table sets forth related party transaction expenses recorded during the respective periods:
Research and development
General and administrative
Total
For the Years Ended
December 31,
2019
2018
$
$
302,000 $
-
302,000 $
138,000
-
138,000
Sponsored Research Agreement with The Baylor College of Medicine (“BCM”). On November 16, 2018, in furtherance of the BCM License Agreement
and as contemplated by the terms thereof, the Company entered in a Sponsored Research Agreement (“SRA”) with BCM, which provided for the conduct
of research for the Company by credentialed personnel at BCM’s Center for Cell and Gene Therapy.
During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company incurred approximately $69,000 and $77,000, respectively, to BCM under the SRA.
Clinical Supply Agreement with BCM. On September 9, 2019, in furtherance of the BCM License Agreement and as contemplated by the terms thereof, the
Company entered in a Clinical Supply Agreement (“CSA”) with BCM, which provided for BCM to provide to the Company multi tumor antigen specific
products.
During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company did not incur any expenses under the CSA.
F-24
Consulting Agreement with Dr. Juan Vera. On October 19, 2018, after the closing of the Company’s merger, the Company entered into a consulting
agreement with Dr. Juan Vera, a member of the Company’s board of directors, to serve as the Company’s Chief Development Officer. On September 1,
2019, Dr. Vera became an employee of the Company and his consulting agreement was terminated.
During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company incurred approximately $233,000 and $61,000, respectively, of expenses under Dr.
Vera’s consulting agreement.
NOTE 18:
INCOME TAXES
The Company has no income tax expense due to operating losses incurred for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.
The effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 are as follows:
For the Years Ended
December 31,
2019
2018
Deferred Tax Assets
Net Operating Loss Carryforward
Stock-Based Compensation
License Agreements
Research and Development
Charitable Contributions
Operating Lease Liability
Less:
Total Deferred Tax Assets
Valuation Allowance
Deferred Tax Liabilities
Fixed Assets
Total Deferred Tax Liabilities
$
$
17,166,000
6,538,000
177,000
733,000
9,000
115,000
24,738,000
(24,632,000)
106,000
(106,000)
-
(106,000)
Net Deferred Tax Assets/(Liabilities)
$
-
$
13,596,000
5,741,000
206,000
406,000
3,000
-
19,952,000
(19,952,000)
-
-
-
-
-
The Company assesses the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be realized. To the extent that realization is not likely, a valuation allowance is
established. Based upon the history of losses, management believes that it is more likely than not that future benefits of deferred tax assets will not be
realized and has established a full valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. The valuation allowance increased by $4.7 million
as of December 31, 2019. The Company has research and development tax credit carryforwards of $730,000 available to offset future federal income taxes.
The research and development tax credit carryforwards begin to expire in 2030.
The Company has approximately $73.8 million of federal and $47.4 million of state Net Operating Losses (“NOL”s) that may be available to offset future
taxable income, if any. The federal net operating loss carryforwards of $41.9 million, if not utilized, will expire between 2029 and 2037. The federal net
operating loss carryforwards of $31.9 million generated in 2018 and thereafter are subject to an 80% limitation on taxable income, do not expire and will
carry forward indefinitely. The state net operating loss carryforwards of $21.9 million, if not utilized, will begin to expire in 2035. The state net operating
loss carryforwards of $25.5 million generated in 2018 and thereafter are subject to an 80% limitation on taxable income, do not expire and will carry
forward indefinitely.
In accordance with Section 382 of the Internal Revenue code, the usage of the Company’s net operating loss carryforwards may be limited in the event of a
change in ownership. A full Section 382 analysis has not been prepared and NOLs could be subject to limitation under Section 382.
The Company’s income tax returns for 2015 to 2018 are still open and subject to audit. In addition, net operating losses arising from prior years are also
subject to examination at the time they are utilized in future years.
For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the expected tax expense (benefit) based on the U. S. federal statutory rate is reconciled with the actual
tax provision (benefit) as follows:
F-25
For the Years Ended
December 31,
2019
2018
Percent of
Pretax Income/(Loss)
Amount
Percent of
Pretax Income/(Loss)
U.S. federal statutory rate
State taxes, net of federal benefit
Tax rate change
Permanent Differences
- Non-deductible write-off of acquired R&D expenses
- Change in fair value of derivative liabilities
- Other permanent differences
Change in valuation allowance
Deferred true-up
Income tax provision/(benefit)
$
(4,500,000)
(600,000)
665,000
-
(4,000)
32,000
4,681,000
(274,000)
-
$
21.00% $
2.80%
-3.10%
0.00%
0.02%
-0.15%
-21.85%
1.28%
0.00% $
Amount
(31,071,000)
(1,383,000)
-
24,369,000
8,000
4,000
8,073,000
-
-
21.00%
0.93%
0.00%
-16.47%
-0.01%
0.00%
-5.46%
0.00%
0.00%
ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or
expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by
taxing authorities. As of December 31, 2019, and 2018, there were no unrecognized tax benefits. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties as
income tax expense. No amounts were accrued for the payment of interest and penalties at December 31, 2019 and 2018. The Company is currently not
aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position in the next year.
NOTE 19:
SUBSEQUENT EVENT
Aspire Common Stock Purchase Agreement
On February 28, 2020, the Company entered into a common stock purchase agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with Aspire Capital Fund, LLC
(“Aspire Capital”) which provides that, upon the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth therein, Aspire Capital is committed to
purchase up to an aggregate of $30.0 million of shares of the Company’s common stock over the 30-month term of the Purchase Agreement. In
consideration for entering into the Purchase Agreement, concurrently with the execution of the Purchase Agreement, the Company issued to Aspire Capital
345,357 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Commitment Shares”). Under the Purchase Agreement, on any trading day selected by the
Company, the Company has the right, in its sole discretion, to present Aspire Capital with a purchase notice (each, a “Purchase Notice”), directing Aspire
Capital (as principal) to purchase up to 100,000 shares of the Company’s common stock per business day, up to $30.0 million of the Company’s common
stock in the aggregate at a per share price (the “Purchase Price”) equal to the lesser of:
•
•
the lowest sale price of the Company’s common stock on the purchase date; or
the arithmetic average of the three (3) lowest closing sale prices for the Company’s common stock during the ten (10) consecutive trading days ending
on the trading day immediately preceding the purchase date.
The Company and Aspire Capital also may mutually agree to increase the number of shares that may be sold to as much as an additional 2,000,000 shares
per business day.
In addition, on any date on which the Company submits a Purchase Notice to Aspire Capital in an amount equal to at least 100,000 shares, the Company
also has the right, in its sole discretion, to present Aspire Capital with a volume-weighted average price purchase notice (each, a “VWAP Purchase Notice”)
directing Aspire Capital to purchase an amount of stock equal to up to 30% of the aggregate shares of the Company’s common stock traded on its principal
market on the next trading day (the “VWAP Purchase Date”), subject to a maximum number of shares the Company may determine. The purchase price per
share pursuant to such VWAP Purchase Notice is generally 97% of the volume-weighted average price for the Company’s common stock traded on its
principal market on the VWAP Purchase Date.
F-26
The Purchase Price will be adjusted for any reorganization, recapitalization, non-cash dividend, stock split, or other similar transaction occurring during the
period(s) used to compute the Purchase Price. The Company may deliver multiple Purchase Notices and VWAP Purchase Notices to Aspire Capital from
time to time during the term of the Purchase Agreement, so long as the most recent purchase has been completed.
The Purchase Agreement provides that the Company and Aspire Capital shall not effect any sales under the Purchase Agreement on any purchase date
where the closing sale price of the Company’s common stock is less than $0.25. There are no trading volume requirements or restrictions under the
Purchase Agreement, and the Company will control the timing and amount of sales of the Company’s common stock to Aspire Capital. Aspire Capital has
no right to require any sales by the Company, but is obligated to make purchases from the Company as directed by the Company in accordance with the
Purchase Agreement. There are no limitations on use of proceeds, financial or business covenants, restrictions on future fundings, rights of first refusal,
participation rights, penalties or liquidated damages in the Purchase Agreement. The Purchase Agreement may be terminated by the Company at any time,
at its discretion, without any cost to the Company. Aspire Capital has agreed that neither it nor any of its agents, representatives and affiliates shall engage
in any direct or indirect short-selling or hedging of the Company’s common stock during any time prior to the termination of the Purchase Agreement. Any
proceeds from the Company receives under the Purchase Agreement are expected to be used for working capital and general corporate purposes.
The Purchase Agreement provides that the number of shares that may be sold pursuant to the Purchase Agreement will be limited to 9,232,814 shares,
including the Commitment Shares, or the Exchange Cap, which represents 19.99% of the Company’s outstanding shares of Common Stock as of February
28, 2020, unless stockholder approval is obtained to issue more than 19.99%. This limitation will not apply if, at any time the Exchange Cap is reached and
at all times thereafter, the average price paid for all shares issued under the Purchase Agreement is equal to or greater than $2.41, which was the Closing
Sale Price immediately preceding the execution of the Purchase Agreement. The Company is not required or permitted to issue any shares of Common
Stock under the Purchase Agreement if such issuance would breach its obligations under the rules or regulations of The Nasdaq Global Market.
Concurrently with entering into the Purchase Agreement, the Company also entered into a registration rights agreement with Aspire Capital, pursuant to
which the Company filed with the SEC a prospectus supplement to the Company’s effective shelf registration statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-
232122) registering all of the shares of common stock that may be offered to Aspire Capital from time to time, including the Commitment Shares.
F-27
DESCRIPTION OF MARKER THERAPEUTICS, INC. COMMON STOCK
The following descriptions of the common stock of Marker Therapeutics, Inc., or the Company, Delaware law and certain provisions of the Company’s
certificate of incorporation and bylaws are summaries. These summaries are qualified in the entirety by reference to the provisions of the Delaware General
Corporation Law, or the DGCL, and the complete text of the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which are incorporated by reference as
Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2, respectively, of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K to which this description is also an exhibit.
Authorized Capital Stock
The certificate of incorporation authorizes the Company to issue up to 150,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and 5,000,000
shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share. The Company’s board of directors may establish the rights and preferences of the preferred stock
from time to time.
Exhibit 4.25
Common Stock
Voting Rights
Holders of the Company’s common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and do not have
cumulative voting rights. As a result, the holders of a plurality of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the
directors standing for election, if they should so choose. All other matters to be voted on by the Company’s stockholders must be approved by a majority of
the votes cast on the matter unless otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws of the Company.
Dividends
Holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends as may be declared by the Company’s board of directors, subject to any
preferential dividend rights of any series of preferred stock that the board of directors may designate and issue in the future.
Liquidation
In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably the net assets
available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any outstanding preferred stock.
Rights and Preferences
Holders of common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions
applicable to the common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by the
rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that the board of directors may designate and issue in the future.
Anti-Takeover Provisions
Section 203 of the Delaware DGCL
The Company is subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, or Section 203, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business
combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the
following exceptions:
·
·
·
before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the
stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least
85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock
outstanding, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder, those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and
also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held
subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or
on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the
stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the
interested stockholder.
In general, Section 203 defines a "business combination" to include the following:
·
·
·
·
·
any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;
any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;
subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the
interested stockholder;
any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the
corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or
the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the
corporation.
In general, Section 203 defines an "interested stockholder" as an entity or person who, together with the person's affiliates and associates, beneficially
owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the
corporation.
Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
Because the Company’s stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, stockholders holding a plurality of the shares of the Company’s common
stock outstanding will be able to elect all of the Company’s directors. The bylaws also provide that directors may be removed by the stockholders upon the
vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote an election of directors, and if a director was elected by a voting group of stockholders, only stockholders
from that voting group may vote to remove such director, and such vacancy may be filled only by the stockholders of that voting group. Furthermore, the
authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors, and vacancies and newly created directorships on the board of
directors may, except as otherwise required by law or determined by the board, only be filled by a majority vote of the directors then serving on the board,
even though less than a quorum.
The bylaws provide that only a majority of the authorized directors on the Company’s board of directors, the chairman of the board or the chief
executive officer to call a special meeting of stockholders. The bylaws also provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of
stockholders to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide timely advance notice in writing, and specify
requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder's notice.
The combination of these provisions may make it more difficult for the Company’s existing stockholders to replace the board of directors as well as for
another party to obtain control of the Company by replacing the board of directors. Since the board of directors has the power to retain and discharge the
Company’s officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In
addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for the board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or
preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of the Company.
These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of the Company’s board of directors and its policies
and to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to reduce the Company’s vulnerability to
hostile takeovers and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others
from making tender offers for the Company’s shares and may have the effect of delaying changes in control or management of the Company. As a
consequence, these provisions may also inhibit fluctuations in the market price of the Company’s stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover
attempts. The Company believes that the benefits of these provisions, including increased protection of the potential ability to negotiate with the proponent
of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure the Company, outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging takeover proposals, because
negotiation of takeover proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for the Company’s common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent’s address is
6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219.
Listing on Nasdaq
The common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “MRKR.”
SUBSIDIARIES
Exhibit 21.1
Marker Cell Therapy, Inc.
GeneMax Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
GeneMax Pharmaceuticals Canada, Inc.
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM’S CONSENT
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement of Marker Therapeutics, Inc. on Form S-3, File No. 333-215258, No. 333-
220538 and No. 333-228059 and on Form S-8 File No. 333-223900 and No. 333-228056 of our report dated March 12, 2020, with respect to our audits of
the consolidated financial statements of Marker Therapeutics, Inc. as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the two years in the period ended December
31, 2019 and our report dated March 12, 2020 with respect to our audit of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Marker
Therapeutics, Inc. as of December 31, 2019, which reports are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Marker Therapeutics, Inc. for the year
ended December 31, 2019.
Exhibit 23.1
/s/ Marcum LLP
Marcum LLP
New York, NY
March 12, 2020
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Exhibit 31.1
I, Peter L. Hoang, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Marker Therapeutics, Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for
the registrant and have:
a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision,
to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities,
particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurances regarding the reliability of financial reporting in the preparation of financial statements for external purposes
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation;
d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most
recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect,
the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the Audit Committee of the registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting, which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting.
Date: March 12, 2020
/s/ Peter L. Hoang
By:
Peter L Hoang
Title: Chief Executive Officer
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Exhibit 31.2
I, Anthony Kim, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Marker Therapeutics, Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for
the registrant and have:
a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision,
to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities,
particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurances regarding the reliability of financial reporting in the preparation of financial statements for external purposes
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation;
d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most
recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect,
the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the Audit Committee of the registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting, which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting.
Date: March 12, 2020
/s/ Anthony Kim
By:
Anthony Kim
Title: Chief Financial Officer
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. Section 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Exhibit 32.1
In connection with the Annual Report of Marker Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2019 as filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Peter L. Hoang, Principal Executive Officer of the Company, certify,
pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in this Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date: March 12, 2020
/s/ Peter L. Hoang
Peter L. Hoang
Chief Executive Officer
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. Section 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Exhibit 32.2
In connection with the Annual Report of Marker Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2019 as filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Anthony Kim, Principal Financial Officer of the Company, certify,
pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in this Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date: March 12, 2020
/s/ Anthony Kim
Anthony Kim
Chief Financial Officer